Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout0907-0243 TRUSSi RE: 69078 - Merritt Residence Site Information: Customer Info: James A. Merritt Lot/Block: Address: 804 Anita Street City: Ft. Pierce L OF Project Name: Merritt Residence Model: Subdivision: State: FL SCANNED BY St Lucie County Name Address and License # of Structural Engineer of Record, If there is one, for the building. Name: Jose F. Vasquez License #: 036912 Address: 4834S. US -Hwy. 1- City: Ft. Pierce State: FL General Truss Engineering Criteria & Design Loads (Individual Truss Design Drawings Show Special Loading Conditions): Design Code: FBC2007/TP12002 - Design Program: MiTck 20/20 7.1 Wind Code:.ASCE 7-05 Wind Speed: 140 mph Floor Load: N/A psf Roof Load: 37.0 psf This package includes 46 individual, dated Truss Design Drawings and 0 Additional Drawings. With my seal affixed to this sheet, I hereby certify that I am the Truss Design Engineer and this index sheet conforms to 61G15-31.003, section 5 of the Florida Board of Professional Engineers Rules. No. Seal# Truss Name Date No. Seal# i Truss Name Date 1 T3485133 A 9117/09 18 T3485150 Ce 9117/09 2 T3485134 Al 9/17/09 19 T3485151 JC7 9/17/09 3 T3485135 A2 9/17/09 120 IT3485152 JC8 9/17/09 i4 I T3485136 A3 1 9/17/09 121 i T3485153 ID i 9/17/09 15 I T3485137 J A4 1 9/17/09 122 I T3485154 I D1 1 9/17/09 1 16 i T3485138 i A5 1 9/17/09 123 i T3485155 I D2 1 9/17/09 7 IT3485139. A6 9/17109 124 IT3485156 I.D3 9/17/09 8 IT3485140 JA7 9/17/09 125 T3485157 D4 9/17/09 19 I T3485141 J A8 1 9/17/09 126 I T3485158 I D5 1 9/17/09 110 i T3485142 J A9 1 9/17109 127 I T34851.59 i GRA 1 9/17/09 Ill I T3485143 113 1 9/17/09 128 i T3485160 J GRB 1 9/17/09 1 12 _ i T3485.1.4.4. I G i 9/17109 129, I T34.851.61 I GRC 1 9/17109 1 i 13 i T3485146 ICI 1 9/17/09 130 i T3485162 I GRID 9/17/09 14 I T3485146 JC2 _ 9/17/09 131 I T3485163 1,11 1 9/17/09 1 15 i T3485147 J C3 1 9117/09 132 i T3485164 1 J3 1 9/17/09 i 116 173485148 i C4 1 9/17/09 133 1 T3485165 J J5 1 9/17/09 117 i T3485149 J C5 19/17/09 134 i T3485166 1 J7 1 9/17/09 The truss drawing(s) referenced above have been prepared by Robbnis Engineering, Inc. under my direct supervision based on the parameters provided by Chambers Truss. Truss Design Engineer's Name: Velez, Joaquin My license renewal date for the state of Florida is February 28, 2011. NOTE: The seal- on these drawings indicate acceptance of professional engineering responsibility solely for the truss components,shown. The suitability and use of this -component for any particular building is the responsibility of the building designer, per ANSIITPI-1 Sec. 2. 6904 Parke East Boulevard Tampa, FL 33610-4115 Pho e: 813-972-1135 Fax: 813-971-6117 at vvvvw robbinsen com HARVEY E. KOEMM Professional Frigineer PE-32831 7205 Elyse Circle Port St. Lucie, FL 34952-3212 Fax (772) 489-3035 Z"-t�d # �t q 1, JoaquinVelez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 g. September 17,2009 TAMPA A S FT. WORTH 1 Velez,.Joaquin 1 of 2 '7 r RE: 69078 - Merritt Residence Site Information: Customer Info: James A. Merritt Project Name: Merritt Residence Model: Lot/Block: Subdivision: Address: 804 Anita Street City: Ft. Pierce State: FL No. I Seal# I Truss Name I Date 35 IT3485167 I KJ3 9/17/09 136 I T3485168 I KJ7 1 9117/09 137 I T3485169 I M V 10 1 9/17/09 38 IT3485170 I MV2 9/17/09 39 1 T3485171 I MV4 9/17/09 140 I T3485172 I MV6 1 9/17/09 41 IT3485173 M V8 9/17/09 42 IT3485174 I MV9 9/17/09 143 I T3485175 I V4 1 9/17/09 144 I T3485176 J V8 1 9/17/09 145 I T3485177 I VA 1 9/17/09 146 I T3485178 I VB 1 9117/09 2 of 2 Job Truss Truss Type City Ply Merritt Residence T3485133 69078 A HIP 1 1 Job Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 1 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:26:57 2009 Page It -2-0-0 9-0-0 19-0-0 , 28-0-0 _ _ _ 30-0-0 2-0-0 9-0-0 10-0-0 9-M 2-0-0 Scale = 1:53.3 6x10 M1120 i 6x8 M1120- 3 4 5.00 12 2 rn m v 5 1 6 0 I 3x5 M1120= 9 8 4x6 M1120= 7 3x5 M1120= 3x4 MII20 II 3x4 MII20= 9-0-0 , 19-M , 28-0-0 , 9-0-0 10-0-0 9-0-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.29 Vert(LL) 0.07 7-9 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.35 Vert(TL) -0.18 7-9 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.13 Horz(TL) 0.05 5 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 170 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-5-15 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 9-11-9 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 WEBS 1 Row at midpt 3-7 Y. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 5=114210-8-0, 2=1142/0-8-0 Max Horz 2=-1 22(LC 6) Max Uplift5=-572(LC 6), 2=-572(LC 5) FORCES (lb) - Max, Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-1913/785, 3-4=-1684/783, 4-5=-1913/784 BOT CHORD 2-9=-589/1676, 7-9=-587/1684, 5-7=-615/1676 WEBS 3-9=0/393, 4-7=0/393 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5)' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 572 lb uplift at joint 5 and 572 Ib uplift at joint 2. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 AL WARMNG - Verify design parameters and REW NOTES ON IN/S dim INCLUDED MI7EKREPERENCE PAGE MI1.7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with Mrfek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. //�� �gg� now W_ * Applicability of design paramenters and proper Incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/11`1`11 Quality Criferla, DSB-89 and BCSI7 Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa. FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1/16" from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 Width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI l : Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, jrlstalling,& Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: . ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 © 2006 MiTekO All Rights Reserved P -I, 1nU V y Robbin,j Engineering Reference Sheet: RE- 10-10-06 ,& General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. I Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence ' T3485134 69078 Al HIP 1 1 Job Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI.34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 Mi rek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:26:59 2009 Page 2-0-0 11-0-0 17-0-0 28-0-0 30-0 0 2 0-0 11-0-0 6-0-0 11-0-0 2-0-0 Scale = 1:53.3 6x8 M1120 6x8 M1120z�- 3 4 5.00 12 �? 2 5 Ell 6 Io 4x5 MI120= 9 B 4x6 M1120= 7 4x5 M1120= 3x4 M112011 3x4 M112011 11-M i 17-0-0 i 28-0-0_ 11.0-0 6-0-0 11-0-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.37 Vert(LL) -0.22 5-7 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.57 Vert(rL) -0.40 5-7 >818 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB . 0.12 Horz(TL) 0.05 5 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007frP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 159 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-11-9 oc puffins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1256/0-8-0, 5=1256/0-8-0 Max Horz2=-138(LC 6) Max Uplift2=594(LC 5), 5=-594(LC 6) i ORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-2052/651, 3-4=-1791/665, 45=-2052/651 BOT CHORD 2-9=-464/1781, 7-9=463/1791, 5-7=-464/1781 WEBS 3-9=-14/383, 4-7=-14/383 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) ' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members, with BCDL = 10.Opsf. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 594 lb uplift at joint 2 and 594 lb uplift at joint 5. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 ' Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 A WARMNG-17erify design parameters and READ ArOWS 0N7R18 AND LNCLVDED AII?EKREPERENCE PAGE MII-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for on individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer - not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of Individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the•... erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criterla, DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator T bracing should be considered. Cl-2 C2-3 WEBS 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. rr 0 � u ''- 3 ��� 3O0 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate U U = A51-6 designer, erection supervisor, -property owner and plates 0-1/16" from outside Uall other interested parties. ed e of truss. g rL O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. c7-8 c6a BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7—Desigrrassumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. * Plate location details available in_MiTek--20/-20 software or Upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late P CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10. Camber is anon -structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 - x 4 responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice. is to to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions '+ PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and. in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or' ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 NER-6 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTekO All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards:NOWANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. , , and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing,& Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. RobbirLs Engineefing Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 . ,; Job Truss Truss Type City Ply Merritt Residence T3485135 69078 A2 HIP 1 1 Job Reference (optional) chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 Mi fek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:00 2009 Page f 15-0-0 .2.0.0 11-3-13 13-0.0 14-0*0 16-8-3 28-0.0 30.0-0 ' 1 2-0-0 11-3-13 1-13 1-0 0 1-0-0 1-8-3 11-3.13 2-0-0 Scale = 1:53.3 3x6 M112011 46 M1120= 46 M1120= 5.00 12 3x4 M1120\\ 5 6 7 3x4 M1120// 4 8 4x6 M1120 i 4x6 M1120z�- 3 9 ? 2 10 11 IoM 13 14 12 15 4x6 M1120= 16 46 M1120= 7x8 M1120= 14-0-0 28-0-0 14-M 14-M Plate Offsets KY): : 5:0-3-0,0-0-4 7:0-3-00-0-4 , 12:0-4-0,0-4 8 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.41 Vert(LL) -0.16 2-12 >999 360 M1120 ' 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.64 Vert(TL) -0.43 2-12 >760 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.40 Horz(TL) 0.05 10 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007frP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 169 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-2-10 cc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M cc bracing. 4WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation uide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1228/0-8-0, 10=1228/0-8 0 Max Horz2=154(LC 5) Max Uplift2=-613(LC 5), 10=-613(LC 6) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (Ib) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-4=-1914/644, 4-5=-1620/586, 5-6=-1429/498, 6-7=-1429/498, 7-8=-1620/587, 8-1 0=-1 914/644 BOT CHORD 2-12=534/1656, 10-12=-434/1656 WEBS 4-12=-458/457, 6-12=-558/1252, 8-12=-458/458 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members, with BCDL = 10.Opsf. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 613 lb uplift at joint 2 and 613 lb uplift at joint 10. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 • FL CeI115555 September 17,200 AWARNING -Verifydesign paraumtesand READ NOTES ONTHISANDINCLUDED Mf7EKREFERENCBPAGBNfh7473BEFORE USE . Design valid for use only with Mrfek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for on individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer - not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the„�;,,,y;,,,� erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPI7 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 6904 Parke Fast Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property 14_3j4' offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) Damage or Personal Injury Apply plates to both sides Of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 1 „ 0' /16 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For j 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator T bracing should be considered. Cl-2 C2-3 WEBS 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never inadequately braced trusses. p � of Oz 2 �x� 3 3 stack materials on 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate b = designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0—'did' from outside � ,'p c'� U all other interested parties. edge of truss. g O c�-a cc CI-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7 Design-assornes russes will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or_ upon -request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber." The first dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10. Camber is anon -structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to . to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to Slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions " PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ]CC -ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings. occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with Industry Standards: project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. �t"�• and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. f BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, -ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. • Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Robbing Enginee�inc�.Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 .• ■ Job Truss Truss Type city Ply Merritt Residence T3485136 69078 A3 COMMON 1 1 Jab Reference (optional) Qhambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI.34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 1713:27:01 2009 Page s -2-0-0 11-3-14 142-0 1612 1 28-0-0 30-M 2-0-0 113-14 2-8-2 2-8-2 11-3-14 Scale = 1:52.4 5x6 M1120= 5.00 12 5 3x4 M1120\\ 3x4 MII20// 4 6 4x6 M1120 i 4x6 M1120Z� 3 7 2 8 9 T, 1 1 11 12 13 4x5 M1120� 10 14 4x5 MIIM 7x8 M1120= 14-M i 28-M 14-M 14-M Plate Offsets X Y : 10:04-0 0-4-8 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.43 Vert(LL) -0.16 8-10 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.64 Vert(TL) -0.43 2-10 >755 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.45 Horz(TL) 0.05 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 170 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-2-0 oc puffins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (Ib/size) 2=1229/0-8-0, 8=1229/0-8-0 Max Horz2=-162(LC 6) Max Upfift2=-621(LC 5), 8=-621(LC 6) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-4=-1918/666, 45=-1612/607, 5-6=-1612/607, 6-8=-1918/666 BOT CHORD 2-10=-562/1661, 8-10=-460/1661 WEBS 5-10=-606/1396, 6-10=529/488, 4-10=-529/487 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof five loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members, with BCDL = 10.Opsf. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 621 lb uplift at joint 2 and 621 lb uplift at joint 8. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 A WARMNO - Verify d®itm paraumtefs andRIM N07ES ONTHISAM INCLUDED hffMKREFER5NCB Pd0Eb7(f-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component Is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCS11 Building Component 6904 Parke Fast Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes .PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION14- Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) Damage or Personal Injury Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C1-2 C2-3 WEBS �aq 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. Oz �� 3 ��� 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate U pb U designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-'h6" from outside rL y' u all other interested parties. edge of truss. g ~ C7-8 C6a C51-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully: Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. esign-assumestnTsses wtll be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. - * Plate location,details available in MiTek 20/20 software of up011-request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. -Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10. Camber is anon -structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 X responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions ^ PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ]CC -ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with Industry Standards:.- project engineer before use. 1 _.- National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. , , file. and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. r BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing 8, Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. i Robbins Engineefinp Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 „ Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence ' T3485137 69078 A4 SPECIAL 2 1 Job Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI.34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:03 2009 Page • -2-0-0 5-4-0 10-8-0 14-0-0 16-0-15 28-M 30-M 2-0-0 141 54-0 3-4-0 2-6-15 11-5-1 2-0-0 Scale = 1:53.3 5x6 M1120= 5.00 12 5 7x10 M1120� 2x3 M1120 i 6 4 4x6 M1120% 46 M1120-- 3 7 9 10 11 7x10 M1120= u? R 2 g cS N 5x12 M1120= os 9 Io 2.50 12 4x5 M1120= 12 3x8 M1120= 4x6 M1120= 5 4-0 10-8-0 14-0-0 28-0-0 5-4-0 5-4-0 3-4-0 14-0-0 Plate Offsets X Y : 2:0-2-4 0-2-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.40 Vert(LL) 0.23 10-11 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.75 Vert(TL) -0.65 8-10 >507 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.62 Horz(TL) 0.32 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 174 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-1-5 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 *Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 5-6-9 oc bracing. 4-12: 2 X 8 SYP 240OF 2.OE, 10-11: 2 X 6 SYP 240OF 2.0E MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be 'WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1142/0-8-0, 8=1142/0-8-0 Max Horz2=161(LC 5) ip Max Uplift2=-621(LC 5), 8=-621(LC 6) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-4=-1864/710, 4-5=-2540/875, 5-6=-2553/905, 6-8=-3055/1046 BOT CHORD 2-12=-607/1602, 11-12=-l/253, 4-11=-600/260, 10-11=-941/2575, 8-10=-870/2783 WEBS 4-10=-246/319, 5-10=-666/1919, 6-10=542/533 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4)' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-M wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) Bearing at joint(s) 8 considers parallel to grain value using ANSI/rPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 621 lb uplift at joint 2 and 621 lb uplift at joint 8. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lie. #68182 ' Robbins Engineering •6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 0 WARNING - verl& dstgn parmneters and READ NOTES OAT MIS AND INCLUDED 1ffMKREFERENCE PAGE MI1.7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with Mifek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. • Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component Is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to Insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI7 Building Component 6904 Parke Fast Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Flate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. -'/16.' For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1d16' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. *Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 X 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing 8, Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 TOP CHORDS BOTTOM CHORDS 8 7 3 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved Robbins Engineetin5� Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 ,& General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7_Design-assumes-trusse5wl e suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/rPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator -General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 1-8-Use-of-green-or tre—at—ed lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSIAPI 1 Quality Criteria. • Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485138 6907E A5 SPECIAL 1 1 Job Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI.34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 1713:27:04 2009 Page -2-0-0 11-5-1 14-0-0 16-6-15 28-M 30-0-0 2-0-0 11-5-1 2-8-15 &6-15 11-5-1 Scale = 1:53.3 5x6 M1120= 5.00 F12 5 2x3 M1120,� 2x3 M1120 i 4 6 4x6 M1120i 4x6 M1120- 3 7 10 7x10 M112011 m 2 8 cS 9 Io 3x8 M1120= 2.50 F12 3x8 101120= 144W _ _ 28-M 14-M 14-0-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.40 Vert(LL) -0.20 8-10 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.71 Vert(TL) -0.59 8-10 >560 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB . 0.65 Horz(TL) 0.25 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 162 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-1-6 oc pudins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 7-5-4 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer ,REACTIONS Installation guide. (lb/size) 2=114210-M, 8=1142/0-8-0 Max Horz 2=159(LC 5) Max Uplift2=-621(LC 5), 8=-621(LC 6) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-4=-3058/1178, 4-5=-2551/894, 5-6=-2551/883, 6-8=-3058/1041 BOT CHORD 2-10=-1059/2786, 8-10=-865/2786 WEBS 5-10=-796/2012, 6-10=-533/552, 4-10=-533/536 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) Bearing at joint(s) 2, 8 considers parallel to grain value using ANSI/TPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 621 Ib uplift at joint 2 and 621 lb uplift at joint 8. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 A WARNING- Verify design paraunetem andREAD NOTES ON INIShcm INCLUDED MfTEKREFERENCEPAGEM P7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer - not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BC511 Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0 1/16 , - -I- For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-11m" from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. - * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20' software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 Width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS r) O U a O 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS [CC -ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For Wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each I oint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. •+" Job Truss Truss Type Clty Ply Merritt Residence T3485139 69078 A6 SPECIAL 3 1 Job Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 Mi rek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 1713:27:05 2009 Page -2-0-0 11-5-1 14-0-0 161-15 27-11.4 2-0-0 11-5-1 2-6-15 2-6-15 11.4-5 ' Scale = 1:51.4 5x6 M1120= 5.00 12 - 5 2x3 M1120'� 2x3 M1120 i 4 6 4x6 M1120 % - 3 8 8x10 M1120= 7 2 m Io 3x8 MII20= 2,50 F12 3x8 M1120= 14-M 27-11-4 , 14-M 13-11-4 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.48 Vert(LL) 0.25 7-8 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.73 Vert(TL) -0.63 7-8 >520 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.68 Horz(TL) 0.27 7 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 156 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-10-3 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 7-3-10 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 7=1004/0-7-4, 2=1147/0-8-0 Max Horz 2=176(LC 5) Max Uplift7=-434(LC 6), 2=-622(LC 5) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-4=-3088/1202, 4-5=-2574/917, 5-6=-2597/914, 6-7=-3127/1175 BOT CHORD 2-8=-1099/2813, 7-8=-972/2884 WEBS 5-8=-839/2110, 6-8=-610/607, 4-8=541/539 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) ' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) Bearing at joint(s) 7, 2 considers parallel to grain value using ANSI/TPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. .6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 434 lb uplift at joint 7 and 622 lb uplift at joint 2. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 ' Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 AWARWNG-V.-(&designpamma rsandREADN07W0AT7NISANDINCL IDED=7WREFERENCEPAGEMI-7473BEFOR13US& Design valid for use only with Mrrek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. � IBa� Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillify of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCS11 Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 1/16., For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1/16' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANS_ I/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI l : Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing 8, Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS BOTTOM CHORDS 8 7 6 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ]CC -ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 19 o' O U CL O © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved F,y�i,.a.��1ll I it 05"MOZ120Z Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE- 10-10-06 A General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. from the environment in accord with 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Job Truss Truss Type oty Ply Merritt Residence • T3485140 69078 A7 SPECIAL 1 1 Job Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI.34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:06 2009 Page • 11-5-1 14-0-0 16-6-15 27-11-4 11-5-1 2-6-15 2.6-15 11-4-5 ' Scale: 1/4"=1' 5x6 M1120= 3 2x3 M1120'Z�' 2x3 M1120� 5.00 12 2 4 6 6x10 M1120= 'a or 1 5 I9 3x8 M1120� 2.50 12 0 3x8 M1120= 14-M , 27-11-4 , 14-M 13-11-4 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.49 Vert(LL) 0.27 1-6 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.74 Vert(rL) -0.64 1-6 >514 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB . 0.71 Horz(TL) 0.28 5 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 151 lb LUMBER BRACING TOPCHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-9-11 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-8-5 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. 'REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=1010/0-8-0, 5=1010/0-7-4 Max Horz 1=114(LC 5) Max Upliftl=-436(LC 5), 5=435(LC 6) "FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-2=-3190/1295, 2-3=-2626/978, 3-4=-2625/960, 4-5=-3187/1186 BOT CHORD 1-0=-1200/2922, 5-6=-982/2918 WEBS 3-6=-923/2215, 4-6=-619/611, 2-6=-623/606 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) Bearing at joint(s) 1, 5 considers parallel to grain value using ANSI/TPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 436 lb uplift at joint 1 and 435 lb uplift at joint 5. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 } Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 A WARNING -17er & d&vign pamanwtere and READ N07TES ON THIS Alm INCLUDED MTEif REPERENCE PAGE LIU-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the•.. erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSII Bulldtng Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute. 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0-'/]6" _. For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1r16' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. *Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is . the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-T311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 © 2006 MiTekO All Rights Reserved F7 �r Fri,77� Robbins Engineer inq Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 A General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7_Design-assumes-trtisseswill- esurfably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 197 at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. A' Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485141 69078 A8 SPECIAL 4 1 Job Reference (optional) Ghambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:07 2009 Page r i 11-5-1 i 14-0-0 16-6-15 28-M 30-0-0 11-5-1 2-5-15 2-6-15 11-5-1 ' Scale = 1:50.6 5x6 M1120= 3 2x3 M1120-� 2x3 M1120 i 5.00 12 2 4 4x6 M1120z�, 5 8 8x10 M1120=19 1 6 IT 7 tD' 0 3x8 M1120:Z: 2.50 F12 3x8 M1120z:z 14-M , 28-" 14-M 14-0-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.49 Vert(LL) 0.26 1-8 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.73 Vert(TL) -0.64 1-8 >516 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.68 Horz(TL) 0.27 6 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 157lb . LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-10-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-9-12 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation quide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=1006/0-8-0, 6=1148/0-8-0 Max Horz1=-176(LC 6) Max Uplift1=-434(LC 5), 6=-623(LC 6) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-2=-3137/1270, 2-3=-2603/955, 3-4=-2579/929, 4-6=-3093/1089 BOT CHORD 1-8=-1159/2893, 6-8=-910/2819 WEBS 3-8=-878/2115, 4-8=-541/555, 2-8=-614/603 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) ' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) Bearing atjoint(s) 1, 6 considers parallel to grain value using ANSI/TPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 434 lb uplift at joint 1 and 623 lb uplift at joint 6. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 • FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 A WARMNG - Verify design parameters and READ A107ES OAF 77US AND INCLUDED Mi7EKREFERENCE PAGE MU-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with Mrfek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper Incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of Individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction Is the responsiblllity of the,8,;�;;;w„� (� erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure Is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Crtferia, DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. 6904 Parke East Blvd. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 1/16 r - -I- For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1/16' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. * Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension N the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. EH Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS 0 W O U rL O 1- 8 7 .6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY. NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 © 2006 MiTekO All Rights Reserved Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 A General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to. bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully" Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. from the environment in accord with 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator.'General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. +' Job Truss Truss Type City Ply Merritt Residence T3485142 69078 A9 SPECIAL 1 1 Job Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI.34982 • 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:08 2009 Page 11-5-1 14-0-0 , 16-6-15 28-M 11-5.1 2.6-15 2--6 1-1 11-5-1 i Scale: 1/4'=1' 5x6 M1120= 3 2.3 M11204�- 2x3 M1120 i 5.00 12 2 4 6 8x10 M1120= ra 0 1 5 N Io 3x8 MII20::- 2.50 FIT 3x8 M1120:Z 14-M 28-0-0 14-M 14-M LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.49 Vert(LL) 0.27 1-6 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.74 Vert(TL) -0.64 1-6 >514 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB . 0.71 Horz(TL) 0.28 5 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 152lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-9-10 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-8-4 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) ' 1=1011/0-8-0, 5=1011/0-8-0 Max Horz1=-114(LC 6) Max Upliftl=-436(LC 5), 5=436(LC 6) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (Ib) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-2=-3196/1297, 2-3=-2632/980, 3-4=-2632/962, 4-5=-3196/1190 BOT CHORD 1-6=-1201/2927, 5-6=-985/2927 WEBS 3-6=-925/2221, 4-6=-623/614, 2-6=-623/606 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) ' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) Bearing at joint(s) 1, 5 considers parallel to grain value using ANSI/TPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 436 lb uplift at joint 1 and 436 lb uplift at joint 5. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 A WARNING- Verify design parmnete s and READ N01M ON7NISAND INCLUDED bff7EKREFERENCE PAGEJCI.7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component Is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TP11 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component Blvd. e East Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, 6904 Parkrk 33610 ast Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 1/16 , - -I- For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1r16' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots: LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing 8, Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. 0 Qf O U a- O F- Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS BOTTOM CHORDS 8 7- 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS [CC -ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 . 0 rr O U o_ O R © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved r �h F1 � cP 0 Robbins Enqineerinq Reference Sheet: REA 0-10-06 ,& General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane* atjoint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. ' Dssian-Fssumestrosses wilrbe suitably protected from the environment in accord with 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of trus0abricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated. are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and ., in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. . 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. I • Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485143 69078 B COMMON 1 1 Job Reference (optional) Shambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 • 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 1713:27:08 2009 Page 1 i -21-0 4-10-0 i 9-8-0 , 11-8-0 2-0-0 4-10-0 4-10-0 2-00 Scale = 1:25.9 4x4 M1120= 3 5.00 12 2 4 5 Ic 4x4 M11205- 4x4 M1120� i 4-10-0 i 9-8-0 , 4-10-0 4-10-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Vdefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.20 Vert(LL) -0.03 2-4 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.15 Vert(TL) -0.08 24 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.00 Horz(TL) 0.00 4 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007frP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 58 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc puffins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer _ Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=464/0-8-0, 4=464/0-8-0 Max Horz2=89(LC 5) Max Uplift2=-343(1-C 5), 4=-343(LC 6) 'FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 23=-368/136, 3-4=-368/135 BOT CHORD 2-4=-57/294 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 343 lb uplift at joint 2 and 343 lb uplift at joint 4. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 e Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 + A WARNING - Verify design parameters and READ NO78S ONTHISAND INCLUDED bfffEKREFERENCE PAGEDfU-7473 BEFORE USE, Design valid for use only with Mrfek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. A Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown �J is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TP11 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 6904 Parke Fast Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute. 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols Numbering System A General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION a/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) Damage or Personal Injury Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. Cl-2 C2-3 WEBS �aq 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate b = � designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-1/16" from outside s'' u all other interested parties. edge of truss. 0CL O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. c7s cba cs s �- 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each BOTTOM CHORDS This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes.trusses-will-be-soitdbly protected from tFe—environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. *Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late P CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. - 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 X 4, width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION. ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTekOO All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable EH environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with Industry Standards: project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. Find pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. -- �- -- e- "-" dt 't^L. is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. • , Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE- 10-10-06 .. , Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485144 69078 C HIP 1 1 Job Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 • 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:09 2009 Page -2-0-0 9-0_0 i 13-8-0 i 22.M _ _ 24-M 241-0 9-0-0 4 8 0 9-0-0 20 • Scale = 1:44.5 6x8 M1120- 6x8 M1120-- 3 4 5.00 12 2 m v 5 rq 6 �o d,LEI g 4x4 M1120= 8 7 4x4 M1120= 4x6 M1120= 3x4 M1120 II 3x4 M1120 11 9-0-0 13-M 22-M 9-0-0 4-8-0 9-0-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.25 Vert(LL) -0.09 5-7 >999 360 M1120 2491190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.33 Vert(TL) -0.18 5-7 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB, 0.09 Horz(TL) 0.03 5 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 130lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=945/0-8-0, 5=945/0-8-0 Max Horz 2=-1 22(LC 6) Max Uplift2=517(LC 5), 5=-517(LC 6) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-0=-1375/500, 3-4=-1181/512, 4-5=-1375/500 BOT CHORD 2-8=-342/1175, 7-8=-341/1181, 5 7= 343/1175 WEBS 3-8=-9/273, 4-7=-9/273 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 517 lb uplift at joint 2 and 517 lb uplift at joint 5. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 A WARNING - Vcrlfy design parameters and READ NOTES ON7N1S AND INCLUDED MITEKREFERENCE PAGE bQ1.7473 BEFORB USE. Design valid for use only with MITek or Robbins connectors. This design Is based only upon parameters shown, and is for on individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper Incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer - not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of Individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to Insure stab➢ity during construction Is the responsibillity of the �� •;� („�, erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 6904 Parke feast Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. -'/16 " For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1n6" from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. 0 rr O U o_ O R Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352,.ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved F"FjJp'r+- r. 7 �:1 Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE- 10-10-06 A General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See SCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes -trusses -will -be su ably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. A Job Truss Truss Type City Ply Merritt Residence T3485145 69078 C1 COMMON 1 1 Job Reference (optional) Ehambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:10 2009 Page i -2-M 11-4-0 _ 22.8-0_ 24-8-0 2-0-0 11-4-0 11-4-0 2-0-0 • Scale = 1:44.5 6x8 M 112011 3 5.00 12 2 4 j 5 I 1ED 7 6 4x5 M1120= 4x6 M1120— 4x5 M1120= 3x4 M112011 11-4-0 22-8-0 11-4-0 11-4-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.42 Vert(LL) -0.08 4-6 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.44 Vert(TL) -0.21 4-6 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.16 Horz(TL) 0.03 4 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 127 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 cc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 cc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=945/0-8-0, 4=945/0-8-0 Max Horz 2=141(LC 5) Max Uplift2=-538(LC 5), 4=-538(LC 6) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-1318/492, 34=-1318/491 BOT CHORD 2-0=-347/1114, 4-6=-347/1114 WEBS 3-6=0/506 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 538 lb uplift at joint 2 and 538 lb uplift at joint 4. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 ` Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 • FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 A WARNING - Verify deign paramdera and REED NOTES ONTWISAND INCLUDED MTTKREFERENCEPAGEZ91-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. A y031 aftp Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer - not truss designer. Bracing shown �r is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the,�;,Ky;,,� erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 14_3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. -'/16 M For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1r,d' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Gonnected Wood Trusses. Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified.. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ff. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are -the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20: Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. 4 6. Y Job Truss Truss Type city Ply Merritt Residence T3485146 69078 C2 COMMON 3 1 Job Reference (optional) .Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI.34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:11 2009 Page -211 , 11-4-0 22-8-0 24-8-0 i ' 2-0-0 ' 11-4-0 ' 11-4-0 2-0-0 Scale = 1:43.8 6x8 M112011 3 5.00 12 2 4 �1 i 5 1 7 6 4x5 M1120= 4x6 M1120= 4x5 M1120= 3x4 MII2011 11-4-0 22-M 11-4-0 11-0-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.42 Vert(LL) -0.08 4-6 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.44 Vert(TL) -0.21 4-6 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB. 0.16 Horz(TL) 0.03 4 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007frP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 128 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=945/0-8-0, 4=945/0-M Max Horz 2=141(LC 5) Max Uplift2=538(LC 5), 4=-538(LC 6) FORCES (Ib) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-1318/492, 3-4=-1318/491 BOT CHORD 2-6=-347/1114, 4-6=-047/1114 WEBS 3-6=0/506 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf, h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 538 lb uplift at joint 2 and 538 lb uplift at joint 4. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 Q WARWNG - Verify design parawwtem and READ N07FS ON 771IS AND INCLUDED =7P.WREFERBNCB PAGE bII1-7473 BEFORE USE, Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenfers and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer - not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the �•, - , f. erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 14-1 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. -'/16. - -I- For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-'N" from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. * Plate location details available in MiTek PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint. number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. O U a- O Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ES R-1311, ES R-1352, E R-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 ,& General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. a Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence ' T3485147 69078 C3 COMMON 6 1 Job Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce Fl. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:12 2009 Page • -2-0-0 11-0-0 22-8-0 2-0-0 11-4-0 11-4-0 y Scale = 1:41.1 6x8 M1120 11 3 5.00 12 4 2- 6 4x6 M1120- 4x6 M1120= 5 3x4 MII20 11 4x6 M1120-- 11-4-0 22-8-0 11-4-0 11-4-0 Plate Offsets X Y : ' 2:0-3-00-2-2 , 4:0-3-0 0-2-2 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Vdefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.47 Vert(LL) 0.12 4-5 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.46 Vert(TL) -0.24 4-5 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Ihcr YES WB 0.16 Horz(TL) 0.03 4 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 123lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (Ib/size) 4=807/0-8-0, 2=952/0-8-0 Max Horz2=159(LC 5) Max Uplift4=-349(LC 6), 2=-540(LC 5) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-1344/532, 3-4=-1341/498 BOT CHORD 2-5=373/1139, 4-5=-373/1139 WEBS 3-5=0/509 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) ' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 349 lb uplift at joint 4 and 540 Ib uplift at joint 2. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lie. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 © WARMNG - Verify design paramet. and REED NOTES ONTHIs AAw IFCLUDED 1M mxREFERENCE PAGE Z91.7473 BEFORE USx Design valid for use only with Mrrek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component Is responsibility of building designer -not truss designer. Bracing shown Is for lateral support of Individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to Insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPIl Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI1 Building Component 6904 Parke Fast Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 14_3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0 1/1Gr - -I- For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-'%6' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. * Plate location details available in PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 X 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output.. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: .ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connectbd Wood Trusses. Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS n W O U IL F-- 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved LJ • Yn.,u,r� Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 ,& General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. --Design-assurnes-trusses-will-be s ly prote tc efrom the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. a. Job Truss Truss Type Qty, Ply Merritt Residence T3485148 69078 C4 MONO HIP 1 1 Job Reference (optional) Ehambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI.34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:12 2009 Page -2-0-0 12-M 22-8-0 2-0-0 12-M 10-8-0 ` Scale = 1:43.1 7x10 M1120 i 3x4 M1120 11 3 4 5.00 F12 ul �1 7 8 6 9 4x5 M1120= 4x6 M1120= 3x4 M1120 II 5 4x4 M1120= 12-M i 22-8-0 12-M 10-8-0 Plate Offsets X Y : 2:0-2-4,0-2-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.66 Vert(LL) 0.12 2-6 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC . 0.50 Vert(TL) -0.31 2-6 >849 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.84 Horz(TL) 0.03 5 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 144 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-8-14 oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP Not end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. WEBS 1 Row at midpt 3-5 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 5=916/0-8-0, 2=1053/0-8-0 Max Horz 2=331(LC 5) Max Uplift5=-395(LC 4), 2=-528(LC 5) FORCES (lb) -Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-1505/451 BOT CHORD 2-6=-501/1280, 5-6=-499/1293 WEBS 3-6=0/514, 3-5=-1371/522 NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 2) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members, with BCDL = 10.Opsf. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 395 lb uplift at joint 5 and 528 lb uplift at joint 2. LOAD CASE(S) Standard L Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 A WARNING- V.Hfy design pamm,etem andRE9D NO7£S ON THISAND INCLUDED MMKREFERENCS PAGEmr-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component Is responsibility of building designer - not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the„,ry;,,�, erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0-1/le, For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1r16" from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. *Plate location details available in MiTek PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 X 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Gonnected Wood Trusses. Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS BOTTOM CHORDS 8 7 6. JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. -CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 5 n W O U a_ O R © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved F F rand Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 ,& General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. from the environment in accord with 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown .are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Job . Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485149 69078 C5 SPECIAL 1 1 Job Reference (optional) .Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:14 2009 Page -2-0-0 3-8-0 i 9-7-9 i 14-0-0 i 15-4-0 i16-4-01 18.8-0 i 22-8-0 i 2-0-0 5-11-9 4-4--7 1-4-0 1-0-0 2-4-0 4-0-0 4x6 M1120= Scale = 1:48.8 3x4 M1120 11 46 M1120= 5.00 12 7 8 6 3x4 MII20 � 7x8 M1120-- 9 5x6 M1120,:.-- 5 4 m v a z 3 5x6 M1120 11 13 0 8x10 M1120-- 14 q 1 3x4 MI120 I I 46 MI120� 15 12 110 3x6 M1120 11 2x3 MII20I1 3x4 M1120 11 2x3 M1120 II 3x4 M1120= 3-8-0 9-7-9 i 15-4-0 i 22.8-0 3-8-0 5.11-9 5-0-7 74-0 Plate Offsets X Y: 2:0-3-0 0-2-2 3:0-5-00-2-8 6:0-3-0 0-0-4 8:0-3-0 0-0-4 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.56 Vert(L-) 0.39 3-14 >690 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.78 Vert(TL) -0.69 3-14 >384 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.69 Horz(TL) 0.56 10 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007frP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 158 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP 240OF 2.0E TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc pudins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 *Except* end verticals. 3-15: 2 X 4 SYP SS, 3-13: 2 X 6 SYP 240OF 2.0E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing, Except: WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 *Except* 6-7-7 oc bracing: 3-15. 7-11: 2 X 4 SYP SS WEBS 1 Row at midpt 5-13 OTHERS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=965/0-8-0, 10=828/0-8-0 Max Horz 2=321(LC 5) Max Uplift2=-544(LC 5), 10=-320(LC 4) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-1050/281, 3-5=-1783/735, 5-6=-821/351, 8-9=-677/294, 9-10=-759/337, 6-7=-690/338, 7-8=-573/291 BOT CHORD 2-15=325/690, 3-14=-813/1656, 13-14=-818/1665 WEBS 5-14=-25/394, 5-13=-10821599, 11-13=-301/179, 7-13=37/311, 9-11=-269/661 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. II; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 544 lb uplift at joint 2 and 320 lb uplift at joint 10. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 ` FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 Q WARNING -Verify design pormnetem and READ NOTES ONTHIS AND INCLUDED 61f=RBFBRBNCEFAGEW1.7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with Mrfek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. 7��1 Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component Is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown y(d is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to Insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPI7 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI7 Building Component Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. 6904 Parke East Blvd. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0-'/16" - -I- For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1/16' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. * Plate location details available in MiTek PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPH : National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing 8, Bracing of Metal Plate Gonnected Wood Trusses. Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 TOP CHORDS .6 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED. CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT.. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 © 2006 MiTekOO All Rights Reserved P P, .lf�r/tlY. Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE- 10-10-06 ,& General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. D.esiga-assumes-trusses—wilrbe suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Job Truss Truss Type City Ply Merritt Residence T3485150 69078 C6 SPECIAL 1 1 Job Reference (optional) Shambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 ■ 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 Mirek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:15 2009 Page -2-0-0 3-8-0 9-7-9 , 15.4-0 ,16.4-0 22-M 2-0-0 3-8-0 5-11-9 5-8-7 1-0-0 6-4-0 ' 5x6 M1120= Scale = 1:53.6 5.00 F12 6 3x4 M1120 4x6 M1120i 7x8 M1120� 7 4 5 m ao v 2 3 8x10 M1120 � 12 5x6 M1120 11 4 I4 3x4 M1120 11 46 M1120- 13 10 9 g 3x6 M1120 II 2x3 M1120 11 3x4 M1120 II 2x3 M1120 11 3x4 M1120= 3-8-0 9-7-9 15-4-0 22-M 3-8-0 5.11-9 5-8-7 7-4-0 Plate Offsets X Y : 2:0-3-0 0-2-2 3:05-00-2-8 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.56 Vert(LL) 0.40 3-12 >669 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC . 0.78 Vert(rL) -0.69 3-12 >387 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.68 Horz(TL) 0.58 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 160 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP 240OF 2.0E TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 *Except* end verticals. 3-13: 2 X 4 SYP SS, 3-11: 2 X 6 SYP 240OF 2.0E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-7-7 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 *Except* WEBS 1 Row at midpt 5-11 6-9: 2 X 4 SYP SS MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be OTHERS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation Quide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=965/0-8-0, 8=828/0-8-0 Max Horz2=339(LC 5) Max Uplift2=-554(LC 5), 8=-334(LC 5) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-1050/277, 35=-1800/787, 5-6=-782/347, 6-7=-656/316, 7-8=-757/350 BOT CHORD 2-13=-344/690, 3-12=-884/1678, 11-12=-890/1687 WEBS 5-12=-21/389, 5-11=-1159/666, 9-11=-275/187, 6-11=56/356, 7-9=-283/613 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) ' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 554 lb uplift at joint 2 and 334 lb uplift at joint 8. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lie. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 ' FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 0 WARMNG - V.,0 design p..,-Ea� and READ N07ES ON77HS AND INCLUDED 64r773KREFERENCE PdGE au -7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an Individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TP11 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI7 Building Component Blvd. e East Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, 6904 Parke 33610 ast Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 14-1 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. -'/16 For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1o16' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. CM Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. O U rL O R Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 0 fie U a- O © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved r i `�J Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE- 10-10-06 ,& General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design_ ash +wsses-wilFbe-s( itably protected from —the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. ■ Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485151 69078 C7 SPECIAL 3 1 Job Reference (optional) ,Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:16 2009 Page • -2- 0 3-8-0 9-7-9 i 15-4-0 16-4-Ta 22-8-0 i 22-0-0 3-8-0 5-11-9 117 1-0-0 6-4-0 5x6 M1120= Scale = 1:53.1 5.00 F12 6 3x4 M1120 4x6 M1120i 7x8 M1120-- 7 4 5 m ap v 2 3 Bx10 M1120- 11 9 12 5x6 M1120 II q 1 3x4 M1120 11 4.6 MII20i 13 3x6 MI120 11 2x3 M1120 11 3x4 M1120 II 2x3 M1120 11 3x4 M1120= 3-8-0 9-7-9 i 15-4-0 i 22-8-0 11-9 5-8-7 7-4-0 Plate Offsets X Y : 2:0-3-00-2-2 , 3:0-5-0 0-2-8 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.56 Vert(LL) 0.40 3-12 >669 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.78 Vert(TL) -0.69 3-12 >387 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.68 Horz(rL) 0.58 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 161 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP 240OF 2.0E TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 *Except* end verticals. 3-13: 2 X 4 SYP SS, 3-11: 2 X 6 SYP 240OF 2.0E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-7-7 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 *Except* WEBS 1 Row at midpt 5-11 6-9: 2 X 4-SYP SS iTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be OTHERS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 FiMnstalledduring truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer stallation-guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=965/0-8-0, 8=828/0-8-0 Max Horz 2=339(LC 5) Max Uplift2=-554(LC 5), 8=-334(LC 5) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-1050/277, 35=-1800/787, 5-6=-782/347, 6-7=-656/316, 7-8=-757/350 BOT CHORD 2-13=344/690, 3-12=-884/1678, 11-12=-890/1687 WEBS 5-12=-21/389, 5-11 =-1 159/666, 9-11=-275/187, 6-11=-56/356, 7-9=-283/613 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been Considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 554 lb uplift at joint 2 and 334 lb uplift at joint 8. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 j OWARAUNG-Verfydesign parameters andREADNOTES ONIMANDINCLUDED MEKREFERENCEPAGEM(I.7473BEFOPBUSE Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for on individual building component. ,/�� Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer - not truss designer. Bracing shown V is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to Insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the --;,a; I_ erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCS11 Building Component 6904 Parke Fast Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Skeet, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 1/1G. - -I- For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1n6' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Effl Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS BOTTOM CHORDS 8 7 N. JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS_ ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ]CC -ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 5 0 W O U rz O F- © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved *6FOr lU� l�rll� Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Desian assumes taisses-will-be-suitablv—r)r in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Job Truss Truss Type City Ply Merritt Residence T3485152 69078 C8 COMMON 3 1 Job Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 a 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:17 2009 Page i -2- 0 i 9.0-0 i 16-4-0 22-M ' 2-0-0 9-0-0 7-4-0 6.4-0 5x6 M1120= Scale = 1:49.7 5.00 12 4 7x8 MII20 3x4 M1120 11 5 3 T v 2 �1 8 7 9 10 4x5 M1120= 6 3x4 M1120= 4x6 M1120= 4x5 M1120= r 11-6-0 22-8-0 11-6-0 11-2-0 Plate Offsets X Y : 3:0-4-00-4-8 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0:79 Vert(LL) -0.15 6-8 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC , 0.54 Vert(TL) -0.27 6-8 >981 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.39 Horz(TL) 0.02 6 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 153 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-M oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 9-6-13 oc bracing. WEBS 1 Row at midpt 4-6 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer [Installation quide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 6=946/0-5-0, 2=1007/0-8-0 Max Horz 2=339(LC 5) Max Uplift6=-338(LC 5), 2=-556(LC 5) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-1545/561, 3-4=-1284/513 BOT CHORD 2-8=-672/1334, 6-8=-269/605 WEBS 3-8=423/398, 4-8=-317/895, 4-6=-785/399 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf, BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. II; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members, with BCDL = 10.Opsf. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 338 lb uplift at joint 6 and 556 lb uplift at joint 2. LOAD CASE(S) Standard t Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 " FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 A WARNING - Verify design parmnetens and READ NOTES ON 7N/S AND INCLUDED MMICREPERENCB PAGE MI.7473 BEFORE USS. Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design Is based only upon parameters shown, and is for on individual building component. Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component Is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to Insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPI1 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCS11 Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0'1/1 G , For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1r16' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry' Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. 0 rr O U 1_ O Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 r) W O U rL O © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved rl� Fi F r�� �I'� Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE- 10-10-06 ,& General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. ' Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assume-s-will-be-suitably protected from —the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485153 69078 D COMMON 9 1 Job Reference (optional) Chamfers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 1713:27:18 2009 Page -2-0-0 , 9.0-0 _ , 16-4-0 23-8-0 32-8-0 , 34-M i 2-" ' 9-0-0 7-4-0 7-4-0 9-0-0 2-" Scale = 1:60.0 5x6 MI120= 5.00 12 4 7xB M1120!�- 7xB M1120z�- 3 5 2 6 1 7 I; 11 10 12 13 9 B 4x5 M1120= 05 M1120= 4x6 M1120= 3x4 M1120= 3x4 M1120= 4x6 M1120= 11 6-0i 21-2-0 32-8-0 11-6-0 9-8-0 11-641 Plate Offsets X Y : 2:0-2-4 0-2-0 3:04-0,04-8 5:0-4-0,04-8 6:0-2-4 0-2-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.30 Vert(LL) -0.17 9-10 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.54 Vert(TL) -0.30 6-9 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.39 Horz(TL) 0.07 6 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 206 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-8-14 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 8-7-3 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation quide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1395/0-M, 6=1395/0-8-0 Max Horz 2=181(LC 5) Max Uplift2=-695(LC 5), 6=-695(LC 6) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-2483/911, 3-4=-2226/864, 4-5=-2226/865, 5-6=-2483/912 BOT CHORD 2-10=-833/2194, 9-10=-432/1532, 6-9=-653/2194 WEBS 4-9=-322/804,'5-9=409/390, 4-10=-322/804, 3-10=409/390 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. II; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4)' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members, with BCDL = 10.Opsf. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 695 lb uplift at joint 2 and 695 lb uplift at joint 6. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 A WARMNG - Verify design pavmneeers and READ NO7W ON 7NIS AND INCLUDED W=REFMWNCE PAGE bIIl-747a BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer - not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the �,�,. • I>w erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building deslgner. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component e East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22374. Tampa, 6904 Park33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 1/1G, - -I- For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1n6" from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI l : National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII : Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Gonnectod Wood Trusses. Numbering System 6-4-8 j dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved a/6' U1 � zu �1�\— �� I Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE- 10-10-06 General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes twsses will be suitably protected from —the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. - 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. r Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485154 69078 D1 COMMON 7 1 Job Reference (optional) ,Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce Fl. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:19 2009 Page • -2-0-0 9-0-0 164-0 23-M 32-M 34-8-0 2-0-0 9-" 7-4-0 7-4-0 9-0-0 2-0-0 Scale = 1:60.0 5x6 M1120= 5.00 12 4 7x8 M1120� 7x8 M1120-- 3 5 2 6 7 I; 11 10 12 4x5 M1120= 9 8 3x5 M1120= 4x6 M1120= 46 M1120= 3x4 M1120= 3x4 M1120= 11-6-0 22-4-0 32.8.0 11-6-0 10-10-0 10-4-0 Plate Offsets X,Y : 3:0-4-00-4-8 5:0-4-0,0-4-8 , 6:0-0-1 0-0-14 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.33 Vert(LL) -0.13 8-10 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC . 0.46 Vert(TL) -0.23 2-10 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.41 Horz(TL) 0.02 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007frP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 206 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc pudins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-0-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 WEBS 1 Row at midpt 4-8 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) .2=930/0-8-0, 8=1506/0-8-0, 6=367/0-8-0 Max Horz2=181(LC 5) Max Uplift2=-545(LC 5), 8=500(LC 6), 6=-351(LC 6) Max Grav2=930(LC 1), 8=1506(LC 1), 6=404(LC 8) FORCES (lb) -Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-1342/538, 3-4=-1079/489, 4-5=-10/320 BOT CHORD 2-10=-492/1149, 8-10=-83/434 WEBS 3-10=-429/401, 4-10=-325/861, 4-8=-1012/418, 5-8=-448/408 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05: 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. II; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members, with BCDL = 1 O.Opsf. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 545 lb uplift at joint 2, 500 lb uplift at joint 8 and 351 lb uplift at joint 6. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 " Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 A WARNING - Verify design paroun tern and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED =7EKREPERENCE PAGE MU 7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with Milek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design parameniers and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer - not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity, of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure Is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI1 Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0-1/16 , For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1o16' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI I : National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. _ PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved I �P, F, r .�i Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 ,& General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. - 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes sses-wit4 be -suitably -pro ected from —t ee env�nt in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. . 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Job Truss Truss Type City Ply Merritt Residence T3485155 69078 D2 HIP 1 1 Job Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI.34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 Mi rek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 1713:27:20 2009 Page -2-0-0 10-6-14 , 15-0-0 17- -O , 23-8-0 , 32-M , 3411 , 2�0-0-0 10-6-14 4-5-2 2-8-0 6-0-0 9-0-0 2-0-0 ' Scale = 1:61.0 6x8 M 1120 6x8 M1120-- This truss is NOT symmetric. 5.0012 5 6 Proper orientation is essential. 3x4 MI I20 3x4 M1120// 4x6 MI120 i 4 4x6 MII20� 7 3 8 2 9 �} q1 LXJ10Igo d 4x4 M1120= 15 14 13 16 12 17 11 44 M1120= 4x6 M1120= 3x8 M1120= 4x6 M1120= 3x4 M1120= 3x4 M112011 10-6-14 15-0-0 , 17-8-0 , 22-4-0 , 32-M , 10-6-14 4-5-2 2-8-0 4-8-0 10-4-0 Plate Offsets X Y : 2:0-5-1,0-0-14 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.35 Vert(LL) -0.07 2-14 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.38 Vert(TL) -0.20 2-14 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 1.00 HOrc(rL) 0.02 11 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 219 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing, Except: WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 6-0-0 oc bracing: 9-11. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=915/0-8-0, 11=1421/0-8-0, 9=393/0-8-0 Max Horz 2=-1 70(LC 6) Max Uplift2=-545(LC 5), 11=-464(LC 6), 9=-065(LC 6) Max Grav2=915(LC 1), 11=1421(LC 1), 9=427(LC 8) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-4=-1226/488, 4-5=-655/338, 5-6=-531/326, 6-7=0/266 BOT CHORD 2-14=-414/1028, 13-14=-414/1028, 11-13=-04/356 WEBS 4-14=0/375, 4-13=-698/440, 6-11=-938/339, 7-11=-425/380, 6-13=-177/509 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members, with BCDL = 10.Opsf. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 545 lb uplift at joint 2, 464 lb uplift at joint 11 and 365 lb uplift at joint 9. LOAD CASE(S) Standard k Joaquin Velez, FL Lie. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 A WARNING - Verify design parcunetem and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED X7HKREFERENCE PAGE ffi7-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with Mrfek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for on individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer - not truss designer. Bracing shown �P V is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCS11 Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 1/16 - -I- For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1h6" from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. * Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS 8 7 6 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO 'THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 BEARING. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. 5 © 2006 MiTekO All Rights Reserved Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 A General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assu wsses-will-be-suitably prote tec romf —tFe—environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1_ 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber .shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485156 69078 D3 HIP 1 1 Jab Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI.34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 1713:27:21 2009 Page -2-0-0 i 9-7-3 13-M 19-8-0 23 8-0 32-6-0 34-8-0 i 2-0-0 9-7-3 3-4-13 "1 4-0-0 9-0-0 2-0-0 This truss is NOT symmetric. Scale=1:61.0 Proper orientation is essential. 6x6 M1120� 5.00 12 6x8 MII20-- 5 6 3x4 M 1120 3x4 MI120 4x6 M1120 � 4 7 4x6 M1120-- 3 8 2 9 ch 1 10 jm 0 4x4 M1120= 15 14 13 16 12 17 11 3x5 M1120= 4x6 M1120= 3x8 M1120= 4x6 M1120= 3x4 M1120= 3x4 M112011 i 9-7-3 i 13-0-0 1 "_0 2211 32-M 9-7-3 3-4-13 6-8-0 2.8-0 10-4-0 Plate Offsets X,Y : 9:0-3-1,0-0-14 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Vdefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.29 Vert(LL) -0.05 2-15 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC . 0.31 Vert(rL) -0.15 2-15 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.55 Horz(TL) 0.02 11 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 215 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M oc bracing, Except: WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 6-0-0 oc bracing: 9-11. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=906/0-8-0, 11=1430/0-8-0, 9=386/0-8-0 Max Horz2=-154(LC 6) Max Uplift2=-539(LC 5), 11=462(LC 3), 9=-385(LC 6) Max Grav2=906(LC 1), 11=1430(LC 1), 9=422(LC 8) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 24=-1251/495, 4-5=-828/431, 5-6=-716/410 BOT CHORD 2-15=414/1056, 13-15=-414/1056 WEBS 4-15=0/293, 4-13=-518/356, 6-13=-254/699, 6-11=-867/340, 7-11=-366/338 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf, BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members, with BCDL = 10.Opsf. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 539 lb uplift at joint 2, 462 lb uplift at joint 11 and 385 lb uplift at joint 9. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 A WARWNG - Verijy design p..,-tem andRSAD NOTES ON7HISAND INCLUDED Mr7EKREFERENCE PAGEimr-747a HEFORE r15E. Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer - not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stabilih/ during construction is the responsibillity of the•.. Iw erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPI1 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BC511 Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1/16' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. n O U a- O Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 0 o' O U a- O © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved p F p- r PP J Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 ,& General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assume_5-twsseswill-besuitably profectE the —environment env1�—ironment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture. content of lumber shall not:exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. 1 Job - Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485157 69078 D4 HIP 1 1 Job Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 1713:27:22 2009 Page 1 i -2-0-0 i 11-0-0 i 21-8-0 i 23-8-0 , 32-8-0 34-8-0 , 2 0 0 11-0-0 10-8-0 2-0-0 9-0-0 2-0 0 Scale = 1:61.0 6x8 M1120 6x8 M1120- 3 q 5.00 12 3x4 M1120 // 5 2 6 d , 7 Iro a 4x4 M1120 - 11 10 9 8 3x5 MI120= 4x6 M1120= 4x6 M1120= 3x4 M1120= 3x4 M1120= This truss is NOT symmetric. Proper orientation is essential. 11-0-0 22-4-0 32-M 11-0-0 11-0-0 10.4-0 Plate Offsets X Y : 6:0-0-1 0-0-14 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.43 Vert(LL) -0.08 2-10 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.37 Vert(TL) -0.22 2-10 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 1.00 Horz(TL) 0.01 8 Na n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007lrP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 202 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-0-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=903/0-8-0, 8=1308/0-8-0, 6=418/0-8-0 , Max Harz 2=-138(LC 6) Max Uplift2=-531(LC 5), 8=-500(LC 3), 6=-386(LC 6) Max Grav2=916(LC 7), 8=1308(LC 1), 6=426(LC 8) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All.forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-1231/522, 3-4=-1030/552 BOT CHORD 2-10=-029/1036 WEBS 4-10=-425/1083, 4-8=-882/461, 5-8=-246/294 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf-, h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 531 lb uplift at joint 2, 500 lb uplift at joint 8 and 386 lb uplift at joint 6. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 AwmmNG-Verijydrsignparamaasand READ NOTES ON7WSAND INCLUDEDb9TEKREFBRENCEPAGE Mr-7473BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of Individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to Insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the„�;,;,� erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 6904 Parke Fast Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 14-1 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. -'/16 . . For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-11,6' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. *Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upgn_request, PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI l : National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Gonnectod Wood Trusses. - 0 O 2 U CL O R Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS BOTTOM CHORDS 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 ,& General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. n W 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building U x designer, erection supervisor, property owner and U all other interested parties. EL5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Desi n assumesLtrusses-will-be-suitably pro ec e environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, "size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE- 10-10-06 Job - Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485158 69078 D5 HIP 1 1 Job Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:24 2009 Page 1 -2-0-0 9-0-0 16-4-0 23-8-0 32.M 34-M 2-M 9-0-0 7-4-0 7 4-0 9-0-0 2-M Scale = 1:61.0 6x10 M1120 1:� 3x4 M1120 11 6x10 M1120-- 5.00 12 3 4 5 2 6 m 91 ' Io o 4x4 M1120= 12 11 10 9 8 4x4 M1120= 4x6 M1120= 3x8 M1120= 3x4 M1120 11 3x4 101120 II 4x6 M1120= 9-0-0 i 16-4-0 23-8-0 i 32-M 9-M - 7-4-0 7-4-0 9-0-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.29 Vert(LL) 0.13 10 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.39 Vert(TL) -0.25 10 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB. 0.33 Horc(t-L) 0.07 6 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 205 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-10-9 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 8-8-7 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1315/0-8-0, 6=1315/0-8-0 Max Horz2=-122(LC 6) Max Uplift2=-629(LC 3), 6=-629(LC 4) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-0=-2318/989, 3-1=-2489/1195, 4-5=-2489/1195, 5-6=-2318/989 BOT CHORD 2-12=-768/2042, 10-12=-767/2050, 8-10=-796/2050, 6-8=-798/2D42 WEBS 3-12=0/355, 3-10=-290/653, 4-10=-375/299, 5-10=-290/653, 5-8=0/355 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 629 lb uplift at joint 2 and 629 lb uplift at joint 6. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 A WARNING - Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON MIS Alm INCLUDED M MKREFERENCE PAGE ZUI.7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek or Robbins connectors. This design Is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of Individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to Insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the ti;•„�, Ihc, erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCS11 Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) Damage or Personal Injury Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator T CI-2 C2-3 bracing should be considered. WEBS 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. N,�, Q O= �''� 3 ��� O� 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate U= designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-'i,d' from outside a- U all other interested parties. edge of truss. CL 0 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. c7s csa cs e 6. , Place plates on each face of truss at each BOTTOM CHORDS This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes -trusses -will -be -suitably pro ected from *Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. Software Or-upon-reCiU@St. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel t0 SIOtS. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTek(E) All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with Industry Standards: AL Ar project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. I and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. - - I'll• f is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE- 10-10-06 , Job - Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485159 69078 GRA HIP 1 1 Job Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce Ff. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:26 2009 Page 1 -2-0-0 7-0-0 i 14-0-0 21-M i 28-M 30-M ' 2-0-0 ' 7-0-0 ' 7-M 7-0-0 7-0-0 2-M Scale = 1:53.3 7x10 M1120 3x4 M1120 11 7x10 M1120-- 5.00 12 3 11 12 13 4 14 15 16 5 2 6 1 7 IS? WO M1120= 10 17 18 19 9 20 21 22 8 3x10 MII20= 3x4 M1120 11 7xB M1120= 3x4 M1120 II 7-0-0 14-0-0 21-0-0 28-M 7.0-0 7-0-0 7-0 0 7-0-0 Plate Offsets X Y : 9:0-4-00-4-8 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.59 Vert(LL) 0.26 9 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.62 Vert(TL) -0.44 8-9 >741 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.73 Horc(rL) 0.11 6 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 177 Ib LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-3-8 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 5-8-12 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 6=1991/0-8-0, 2=1991/0-8-0 Max Horz2=-106(LC 6) Max Uplift6=-1152(LC 6), 2=-1152(LC 5) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=4094/2128, 3-4=-4919/2670, 4-5=-4919/2670, 5-6=4094/2128 BOT CHORD 2-10=-1837/3682, 9-10=-1842/3707, 8-9=-1867/3707, 6-8=-1862/3682 WEBS 3-10=-104/740, 3-9=-762/1422, 4-9=-747/680, 5-9=-762/1422, 5-8=-104/740 . NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1152 Ib uplift at joint 6 and 1152 Ib uplift at joint 2. 7) Hanger(s) or other connection device(s) shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s) 107 Ib down and 135 Ib up at 7-0-0, 98 Ib down and 117 Ib up at 9-0-12, 98 Ib down and 117 Ib up at 11-0-12, 98 Ib down and 117 Ib up at 13-0-12, 98 Ib down and 117 Ib up at 14-11-4, 98 Ib down and 117 Ib up at 16-11-4, and 98 Ib down and 117 Ib up at 18-11-4, and 107 Ib down and 135 Ib up at 21-0-0 on top chord, and 343 Ib down and 162 Ib up at 7-0-0, 90 Ib down at 9-0-12, 90 Ib down at 11-0-12, 90 Ib down at 13-0-12, 90 Ib down at 14-11-4, 90 Ib down at 16-11-4, and 90 Ib down at 18-11-4, and 343 Ib down and 162lb up at 20-11-4 on bottom chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s) is the responsibility of others. 8) In the LOAD CASE(S) section, loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front (F) or back (B). �OAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 1) Regular: Lumber Increase=1.25, Plate Increase=1.25 Robbins Engineering Uniform Loads (plf) East 6904 Parke East Blvd Vert: 1-3=-54, 3-5=-54, 5-7=-54, 2-6=-20 Tampa, FL, FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 Continued on page 2 © WARMING - Vert& dgsign parmrecters erred READ NOTES ON WIS AND MCLUDED W7EKREFERENCE PAGE MII.7473 BEFORE US& Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer - not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to Insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. 6904 Parke East Blvd. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 1/16 y For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1r16" from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. * Plate location details available in MITek PLATE SIZE . The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicateslocation where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Egi Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing 8, Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS o Ct-2 C2-s c34 4 WEBS O � dab U O ~I C7-8 C6-7 C5-6 BOTTOM CHORDS 8 7 6 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 ,& General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 0 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building O designer, erection supervisor, property owner and U all other interested parties. a_ O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Desi n a russes-will-be-suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. © 2006 MiTekO All Rights Reserved aI 7LJ1 - -17U - r P - I Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE- 10-10-06 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility, of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI I Quality Criteria. Job - Truss Truss Type aty Ply Merritt Residence T3485159 69078 GRA HIP 1 1 Job Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 1713:27:26 2009 Page 2 LOAD CASE(S) Standard Concentrated Loads (lb) Vert: 3=-107(F) 5=-1 07(F) 1 0=-313(F) 8=-313(F) 11 =-98(F) 12=-98(F) 13=-98(F)14=-98(F) 15=-98(F)16=-98(F) 17=-45(F) 18=-45(F)19=-45(F) 20=-45(F) 21=-45(F) 22=-45(F) Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 © WARMNG - Verify design parameters and READ N07ES ON77US AND INCLUDED M=REPEREAlCE PAGE MI-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design Is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component Is responsibility of building designer - not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI1 Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Skeet, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 1/16 r For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1/16' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI l : Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. ' 0 O U EL O R Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ]CC -ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 0 cz O U a- O © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved 1 r Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 ,& General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Desian assumes-trusses-will-be-suffablv-or environment in accord with 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485160 69078 GRB HIP 1 1 Job Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI.34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:27 2009 Page -2-0-0 i 3-0-0 6-8-0 9-8-0 , 11-8-0 i 2-0-0 3-0-0 3-8-0 3-M 2-0-0 i Scale = 1:26.3 6x8 M1120-- 6x8 M1120-- 3 5.00 F12 9 4 5 2 I0 6 8 10 7 3x4 M1120= 3x4 M1120 11 3x4 M1120 11 3x4 M1120= i 3-0-0 i 6-8-0 i _ 9-8-0 3-0-0 3-8-0 3-0-0 Plate Offsets X Y : 2:0-5-5 0-1-10 , 5:0-5-5 0-1-10 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.23 Vert(LL) -0.00 7-8 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.09 Vert(TL) -0.01 7-8 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.05 Horz(TL) 0.00 5 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 60 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=373/0-8-0, 5=373/0-8-0 Max Horz2=-74(LC 6) Max Uplift2=-335(LC 5), 5=-348(LC 6) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-331/109, 3-4=-306/106, 4-5=-331/110 BOT CHORD 2-8=-30/288, 7-8=-24/306, 5-7=-30/288 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) ' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 335 lb uplift at joint 2 and 348 lb uplift at joint 5. 7) Hanger(s) or other connection device(s) shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s) 84 lb up at 3-0-0, and 18 lb down and 49 lb up at 4-10-0, and 10 lb down and 84 lb up at 6-8-0 on top chord, and 31 lb down at 3-0-0. and 10 lb down at 4-10-0, and 31 lb down at 6-7-4 on bottom chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s) is the responsibility of others. 8) In the LOAD CASE(S) section, loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front (F) or back (B). LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1) Regular. Lumber Increase=1.25, Plate Increase=1.25 Uniform Loads (plo Vert: 1-3=-54, 3-4=-54, 4-6=-54, 2-5=-20 Concentrated Loads (lb) Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Vert: 3=84(F) 4=84(F) 8=-15(F) 7=-15(F) 9=49(F) 10=-5(F) Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 n WARMNG - Verify deign pwwnelers nd READ N07ES ON TTUS AND INCLUDED M(=REFERENCB PAGE Z917473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with Mrfek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component Is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown Is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPn Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI7 Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 1/1 G r For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1r16' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. *Plate location details PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. . LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or' by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING.. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. EH Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI l : Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate CQnnecte.d Wood Trusses. rr O U rL O R Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 TOP CHORDS 3 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A . NER-691 © 2006 MiTek:OO All Rights Reserved Q77 Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 ,& General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4.- Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. from the environment in accord with 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects,equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485161 69078 GRC HIP 1 1 Job Reference o tional Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI.34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 1713:27:28 2009 Page -2-0-0 7-0-0 15-8-0 22-8-0 24-B-0 2-0-0 7-M 6.8-0 7-0-0 2-0-0 Scale = 1:44.5 6x10 M1120 - 6x8 M1120-- 3 10 11 12 13 4 5.00 F12 A 2 5 6 Io 9 8 14 15 16 17 7 3x8 MII20= 3x6 MII20= 4x6 M1120= 6x8 MII20= 3x6 M1120 11 7-0-0 15-8-0 22-8-0 7-0-0 B-8-0 7-0-0 Plate Offsets X,Y : 7:0-3-8 0-3-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.65 Vert(LL) 0.14 7-9 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC - 0.71 Vert(rL) -0.35 7-9 >758 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.28 Horz(TL) 0.08 5 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 140 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-9-4 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-3-5 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 WEBS 1 Row at midpt 3-7 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1650/0-8-0, 5=1650/0-8-0 Max Horz2=106(LC 5) Max Uplift2=-997(LC 5), 5=-997(LC 6) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-3347/1728, 3-4=-3044/1663, 4-5=-3349/1727 BOT CHORD 2-9=-1545/3014, 7-9=-1548/3041, 5-7=-1506/3016 WEBS 3-9=-69/879,4-7=-84/880 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5)' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 997 lb uplift at joint 2 and 997 lb uplift at joint 5. 7) Hanger(s) or other connection device(s) shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s) 107 lb down and 135 lb up at 7-0-0, 98 lb down and 117 lb up at 9-0-12, 98 lb down and 117 lb up at 11-0-12, 98 lb down and 117 lb up at 11-7-4, and 98 lb down and 117 lb up at 13-7-4, and 107 lb down and 135 lb up at 15-8-0 on top chord, and 343 lb down and 162 lb up at 7-0-0, 90 lb down at 9-0-12, 90 lb down at 11-0-12, 90 lb down at 11-7-4, and 90 lb down at 13-7-4, and 343 lb down and 162 lb up at 15-74 on bottom chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s) is the responsibility of others. 8) In the LOAD CASE(S) section, loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front (F) or back (B). ,(..OAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 1) Regular. Lumber Increase=1.25, Plate Increase=1.25 Robbins Engineering Uniform Loads (plf) 6904 Parke East Blvd Vert: 1-3=-54, 34=-54, 4-6=-54, 2-5=-20 Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 Continued on page 2 n WARNING - Verify design parmneters andREAD N07ES ONTIUSAND INCLUDED M =REFERENCEPAGEMU-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer -not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPI1 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI1 Building Component 6904 Parke Fast Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1r16' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate" 4 X 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII : National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS n nr O U rl O 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE.IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS.- PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-131 1, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER7487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved r. i , J 0571 Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE- 10-10-06 A General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. from the environment in accord with ANSIAPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. AL WARNING -Verify design parameters and READ NO7ES ON MIS AND INCLUDED JIMMIKREFERENCE PAGE MI.7473 BEFORE USE. /� Design valid for use only with Mffek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer -not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of Individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa. FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. -'/16' s For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-11,6' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 X 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. EH Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI l : Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate CAnnecteii Wood Trusses. r) W O U 0- 0 Numbering System 6-4-8 j dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS BOTTOM CHORDS 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 0 W O U d O © 2006 MiTekO All Rights Reserved 71�-) �7�j I �' l�7r Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 ,& General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7 —Design-assumes-trosse3-wilrbe suifably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Job Truss Truss Type oty Ply Merritt Residence T3485162 69078 GIRD HIP 1 1 Jab Reference (optional) ,Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce Ff. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 1713:27:30 2009 Page 1 -2-0-0 7-0-0 16.4-0 i 25-8-0 _ _ 32-8-0 2-0-0 7-0-0 9-4-0 9A-0 7-0-0 Scale = 1:61.0 3x6 M1120 11 7x14 M1120- 7x14 MII20� 5x6 MI120= 5.00 12 3 14 15 16 174 5 18 19 20 21 6 2 7 1 TT 6 1r4o 4x10 M1120= 13 22 12 23 24 25 11 26 27 28 10 29 9 4x10 M1120= 3x6 M1120 11 6x8 M1120= 6x12 M1120= 6x8 M1120= 3x6 M1120 11 i 7-0-0 i 16A-0 25-8-0 , 32-8-0 i 7-0-0 9-4-0 9-4-0 Plate Offsets X,Y : 3:0-7-0,0-3-1 , 6:0-7-0,0-3-1 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.94 Vert(LL) 0.50 11 >765 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC . 0.90 Vert(TL) -0.86 9-11 >447 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.81 Horz(TL) 0.17 7 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 205 Ib • LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-2-1 oc pudins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 4-11-3 oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 WEBS 1 Row at midpt 3-11, 6-11 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=2378/0-8-0, 7=2378/0-8-0 Max Horz 2=-1 06(LC 6) Max Uplift2=-1351(LC 5), 7=-1351(LC 6) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-5146/2705, 3-5=-7000/3818, 5-6=-7000/3818, 6-7=-5146/2705 BOT CHORD 2-13=-2371/4657, 11-13=-2376/4685, 9-11=-2406/4685, 7-9=-2402/4657 WEBS 3-13=-85/863, 3-11 =-1 377/2538, 5-11 =-1 0621975, 6-11=-1376/2537, 6-9=-85/863 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf, BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. II; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) ' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1351 Ib uplift at joint 2 and 1351 Ib uplift at joint 7. 7) Hanger(s) or other connection device(s) shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s)107 Ib down and 135 Ib up at 7-0-0, 98 Ib down and 117 Ib up at 9-0-12, 98 Ib down and 117 Ib up at 11-0-12, 98 Ib down and 117 Ib up at 13-,0-12, 98 Ib down and 117 Ib up at 15-0-12, 98 Ib down and 117 Ib up at 16A-0, 98 Ib down and 117 Ib up at 17-7-4, 98 Ib down and 117 Ib up at 19-7-4, 98 Ib down and 117 Ib up at 21-7-4, and 98 Ib down and 117 Ib up at 23-74, and 107 Ib down and 135 Ib up at 25-8-0 on top chord, and 343 Ib down and 162 Ib up at 7-0-0, 90 Ib down at 9-0-12, 90 Ib down at 11-0-12, 90 Ib down at 13-0-12, 90 Ib down at 15-0-12, 90 Ib down at 16-4-0, 90 Ib down at 17-7-4, 90 Ib down at 19-7-4, 90 Ib down at 21-7-4, and 90 Ib down at 23-7-4, and 343 Ib down and 162 Ib up at 25-7-4on bottom chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s) is the responsibility of others. 0) In the LOAD CASE(S) section, loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front (F) or back (B). Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering LOAD CASE(S) Standard 6904 Parke East Blvd 1) Regular: Lumber Increase=1.25, Plate Increase=1.25 P Tam a, FL, 33610 Uniform Loads (plf) Vert: 1-3=-54, 3-6=-54, 6-8=-54, 2-7=-20 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 Continued on page 2 ® WARNING - Verify design parmneters and READ NOTES ONTBIS AND INCLUDED MITEKPEFBRBMB PAGE MI!•7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MTek or Robbins connectors. This design Is based only upon parameters shown, and Is for an Individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to Insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPI7 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI7 Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Skeet, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION14-1 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale)_ Damage or Personal Injury Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator T bracing should be considered. Cl-2 C2-3 WEBS c3 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never p a stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O= U �'� 3 ��� 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate - pb � U designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-1o16' from outside o_ 3 all other interested parties. edge of truss. g CL ~ C7-8 Cba Cs-b 1 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7—Design-assumes-trusses will -be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. *Plat"e loca ion details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINTFARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late P CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. - 10. Camber is anon -structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots.. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions - PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ]CC -ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable Z-%'Z W&M 0 environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with Industry Standards: -A—M_ project engineer before use. ANSI/TPl1: National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front: back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. •- �- -- and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. , Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connect%d Wood Trusses. Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 d WARNING - Verify design parameters and READ NOTES OM MIS AND INCLUDED M INKRBFERENCE PAGE MI-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with Mifek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. V Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component Is responsibility of building designer - not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TP11 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI1 Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 14- 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0 1/16 , For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1a6' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the'length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. EH Industry Standards: ANSI/TPil : National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Cpnnecte.0 Wood Trusses. Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS BOTTOM CHORDS 8 7 P, JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ]CC -ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 G © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved U�l�'J�II Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE- 10-10-06 ,& General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. from the environment in accord with 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the - responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. I Job - Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485163 69078 J1 MONO TRUSS 16 1 Job Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI.34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:31 2009 Page 1 -2-0-0 2-0-0 -0-0 Scale = 1:9.3 Refer to MiTek "TOE -NAIL" Detail for 3 connection to supporting carrier truss (typ all applicable jacks on this job) 5.00 12 2 M 1 M 6 >< 3x4 M1120= 4 1-0-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.17 Vert(LL) -0.00 2 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.01 Vert(TL) -0.00 2 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB . 0.00 Horz(TL) 0.00 3 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 10 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 1-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=288/0.M, 4=9/Mechanical, 3=-114/Mechanical Max Horz2=89(LC 5) Max Uplift2=-381(LC 5), 3=-114(LC 1) Max Grav2=288(LC 1), 4=18(LC 2), 3=186(LC 5) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 2) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 3)' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 4) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 381 lb uplift at joint 2 and 114 lb uplift at joint 3. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 A WARMNG - Verify design parametem and RFAV N07ES ON77!!S AND INCLUDED M 7EKREPERENCE PAGE ffil-7473 B EFORE USE. Design valid for use only with Wek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the MEME=�&•.� I„�• erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/fPI1 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI1 Building Component 69D4 Parke Fast Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) Damage or Personal Injury Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator T bracing should be considered. Cl-2 C2-3 WEBS czq 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never inadequately braced trusses. 0 12 O= ��� 3 ��3 �O stack materials on 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate U ab e designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-'/16' from outside y' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. g O C7-8 C6-7 C51-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully..Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7—Design-assorttertrQsses wilrbe sui a y protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software of Upon request. 8. • Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10. Camber is anon -structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. . LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and. in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352' ER=5243, 9604B, specified: by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 14: Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable HS iiiill 1!111 environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with Industry Standards: project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. -- �- -- �'`G. e- "-" is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, a� 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 Job - Truss Truss Type city Ply Merritt Residence T3485164 69078 J3 MONO TRUSS 15 1 Job Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI.34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:31 2009 Page 1 -2-0-0 i 3-0-0 2 0-0 3-0-0 Scale = 1:13.5 3 5.00 12 2 I X X 3x4 M1120= 4 3-" 3-" LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CS] DEFL in (loc) I/defl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.20 Vert(LL) -0.00 2 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.03 Vert(TL) -0.00 2-4 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.00 Horz(TL) -0.00 3 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/rP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 20 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be + installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size), 3=5/Mechanical, 2=287/0-8-0, 4=25/Mechanical Max Horz2=132(LC 5) Max Uplift3=-23(LC 4), 2=-306(LC 5) Max Grav3=30(LC 3), 2=287(LC 1), 4=50(LC 2) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf, BCDL=3.Opsf, h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 2) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 3) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 4) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 23 lb uplift at joint 3 and 306 lb uplift at joint 2. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lie. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 0 WARNING - Verify design parameters and READ NOMS ON77IIS AND INCLUDED M72KREPEREMCB PAGE MI.7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. /� ri,�l Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer - not truss designer. Bracing shown �� is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity, of the ;^F tf4 erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TP11 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 6904 Parke Fast Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Skeet, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0 1/11, For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1i,6' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 X 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel'to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Numbering System 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 2- 3 TOP CHORDS O U rL O R 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ]CC -ES Reports: . ESR-1311, E8R-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 . 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 © 2006 MiTekOO All Rights Reserved I II l \�' � I �fl II II Ir Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 ,& General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. the environment in accord with 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration' and'is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. ., Job - Truss Truss Type City Ply Merritt Residence T3485165 69078 J5 MONO TRUSS 12 11 Job Reference (optional) *Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 1713:27:32 2009 Page 2-M 5-0-0 0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TPI2002 LUMBER TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 Scale = 1: 3 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl L/d PLATES GRIP TC 0.20 Vert(LL) -0.01 2-4 >999 360 M1120 249/190 BC 0.09 Vert(TL) -0.01 2-4 >999 240 WB . 0.00 Horz(TL) -0.00 3 n/a n/a (Matrix) Weight: 30 lb BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 3=87/Mechanical, 2=333/0-M, 4=45/Mechanical Max Horz2=175(LC 5) Max Uplift3=-72(LC 4), 2=-292(LC 5) Max Grav3=87(LC 1), 2=333(LC 1), 4=90(LC 2) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf, BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 2) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 3) ' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 4) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 72 lb uplift at joint 3 and 292 lb uplift at joint 2. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A r Joaquin Velez, FL Lie. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,20 A WARMNG - Verify design perametem andREAD JVOM ONTE(S AAM IMCLUDED W EKREFERENCE PAGEMrI-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MfTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component Is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity, of the sb'• • SIse. erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCS11 Building Component 6904 Parke Fast Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols Numbering System A General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For individual j 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. cr-2 c2-3 WEBS �a4 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. rr � 0 O= ��� 3 y��� 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate U ab = designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-'h6" from outside y' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. g '— O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. c7-8 c6-7 c5-6 BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction Of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7—Desigrrassomes rus-t ses wil a suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 Softwafe or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 197. at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is,the late P CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured per 4 X responsibility. of truss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. _• 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION [CC -ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, _ specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTekO All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. .� � —�._. ,�._ � file. and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. �I BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connecte.d Wood Trusses. Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 , Job - Truss Truss Type City Ply Merritt Residence T3485166 69078 J7 MONO TRUSS 25 1 Job Reference (optional) 'Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:32 2009 Page 1 -2-0-0 7-M 2-0-0 - 7-0-0 Scale = 1:21.6 3 5.00 12 2 1 3x4 M1120= 4 7-" 7-M LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.20 Vert(LL) -0.02 2-4 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.20 Vert(TL) -0.06 2-4 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.00 Horz(TL) -0.00 3 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007ITPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 40 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 3=152/Mechanical, 2=396/0-8-0, 4=65/Mechanical Max Horz2=219(LC 5) Max Uplift3=-138(LC 5), 2=-304(LC 5) Max Grav3=152(LC 1), 2=396(LC 1), 4=130(LC 2) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-05;'140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 2) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 3) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 4) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 138 lb uplift at joint 3 and 304 lb uplift at joint 2. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #63182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 A WARMNG-Vert& design parameter and READ N07M ON7WISAND INCLUDED WMKREPERENCBPAGE 67II.7473 BEFORE USB. Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the;,,_, f„F erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult - ANSI/TP11 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 6904 Parke Fast Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 1 „ 0- /16 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator T bracing should be considered. C7-2 C2-3 WEBS �s4 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. Qf m U 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate U a" = designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-'N" from outside EL�' a U all other interested parties. edge of truss. C7-8 C6-7 CS-p b � 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the $ 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7-Dj�3ign assumes russes will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10. Camber is anon -structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots, 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTekO All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with IRV project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. --- �- -- - e- "-" ar Z"�� is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE- 10-10-06 , Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485167 69078 KJ3 MONO TRUSS 2 1 Job Reference (optional) 'Chaml�ers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 1713:27:33 2009 Page 1 -2-9-15 4-2-3 2-9-15 4-2-3 r Scale = 1:13.9 3 3.54 12 5 2 q Y N 6 1 3x4 M1120= 4 4-2-3 4-2-3 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.39 Vert(LL) -0.00 2-4 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.05 Vert(TL) -0.00 2-4 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB • 0.00 Horz(TL) -0.00 3 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 27lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-2-3 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 3=-4/Mechanical, 2=312/0-11-5, 4=30/Mechanical Max Horz2=130(LC 3) Max Uplift3=-50(LC 4), 2=-447(LC 3) Max Grav3=2(LC 3), 2=312(LC 1), 4=60(LC 2) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp:/Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf, h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 2) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 3)' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 4) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 50 lb uplift at joint 3 and 447 lb uplift at joint 2. 6) Hanger(s) or other connection device(s) shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s) 44 lb up at 1-6-1, and 44 lb up at 1-6-1 on top chord, and 22 lb up at 1-6-1, and 22 lb up at 1-6-1 on bottom chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s) is the responsibility of others. 7) In the LOAD CASE(S) section, loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front (F) or back (B). LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1) Regular: Lumber Increase=1.25, Plate Increase=1.25 Uniform Loads (plf) Vert: 1-3=-54, 2-4=-20 Concentrated Loads (lb) Vert: 5=87(F=44, B=44) 6=22(F=11, B=11) Joaquin Velez, FL Lie. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 �] WARNING - T7edfy design parwneters and READ N07W ON7NIS.AM INCLUDED Nr78KREFERENCEPAGE1W/-7473 BEFORB US& Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the, I„F erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage. delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 6904 Parke Fast Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, Fl- 33610 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. I6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. cr-z cz� WEBS 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never inadequately braced trusses. C1 O u �� 3 ��� 3 stack materials on 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate = AC5-6 designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-'hd" from outside rl U all other interested parties. ed e of truss.g O C7-8 c6-7 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the plate CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS%LETTERS. 10. Camber is anon -structural consideration and is the 4- X 4 width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43; 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless othe14.rwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable Efflenvironmental, health or performance risks. Consult with engineer before use. Industry Standards: litiLriikrproject ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. .� -- �- -- and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. C_ "_" -a� Z�G- BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE- 10-10-06 Job • Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485168 69678 KJ7 MONO TRUSS 6 1 Job Reference (optional) chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI.34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:34 2009 Page 1 -2-9-15 i 9-10-1 2-9-15 9-10-1- Scale = 1:23.6 3 7 3.54 12 6 5- 2 1 8 9 10 4x5 M1120= 4 9-10-1 9-10-1 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.52 Vert(LL) -0.10 2-4 >999 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.48 Vert(TL) -0.25 2-4 >456 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.00 Horz(TL) -0.00 3 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 54 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 3=226/Mechanical, 2=437/0-11-5, 4=125/Mechanical Max Horz2=217(LC 3) Max Uplift3=-205(LC 3), 2=-475(LC 3) Max Grav3=226(LC 1), 2=437(LC 1), 4=234(LC 2) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. II; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 2) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 3)' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 4) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 205 lb uplift at joint 3 and 475 lb uplift at joint 2. 6) Hanger(s) or other connection device(s) shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s) 44 lb up at 1-6-1, 44 lb up at 1-6-1, 18 lb down and 49 lb up at 4-4-0, 18 lb down and 49 lb up at 4-4-0, and 33 lb down and 49 lb up at 7-1-15, and 33 lb down and 49 lb up at 7-1-15 on top chord, and 22lb up at 1-6-1, 22lb up at 1-6-1, 10 lb down at 4-4-0, 10 lb down at 4-4-0, and 50 lb down at 7-1-15, and 50 lb down at 7-1-15 on bottom chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s) is the responsibility of others. 7) In the LOAD CASE(S) section, loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front (F) or back (B). LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1) Regular: Lumber Increase=1.25, Plate Increase=1.25 Uniform Loads (plf) Vert: 1-3=54, 2-4=-20 Concentrated Loads (lb) Vert: 5=87(F=44, B=44) 6=97(F=49, B=49) 7=-66(F=-33, B=-33) 8=22(F=11, B=11) 9=-10(F=-5, B=-5) 10=-50(F=-25, B=-25) Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 A WARMNG - Verify design pmnmete. and READ NOTES ONTRIS AND INCLUDED mTEKRFpmwNCS PAGE MI.7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with Mrrek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the„&;,,ry;,,� erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPI1 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSIi Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For individual 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C7-2 C2-3 WEBS 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. De u �� 3 ��� 3�O AC5-6 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-'/16" from outside CL all other interested parties. ed e of truss.g EL O C7-8 C6-a O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from onneGtor-plates. the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. * Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10. Comber is a non-structural consideration and is the A width measured perpendicular �F X 4 responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION [CC -ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 951,10, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTekOO All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable Efflenvironmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. , , �q�, and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. J BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. , Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 , Job • Truss Truss Type Qty. Ply Merritt Residence T3485169 69078 MV10 VALLEY 1 1 Job Reference o tional 'Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 1713:27:34 2009 Page 1 10-0-0 10-0-0 2x3 M1120 I I Scale=1:25.9 3 5.00 12 2x3 M112011 A 1 Li 3x4 M1120- 5 2x3 M112011 4 2x3 M112011 10-0-0 10-M LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TIC 0.43 Vert(LL) n/a - n/a 999 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.34 Vert(TL) n/a - n/a 999 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB • 0.08 Horc(TL) 0.00 4 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 38 lb • LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. OTHERS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=160/10-0-0, 4=94/10-0-0, 5=421/10-0-0 Max Horz 1=198(LC 5) Max Uplift1=-19(LC 5), 4=-60(LC 5), 5=-264(LC 5) FORCES (Ib) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. WEBS 2-5=-292/274 NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf,, h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 2) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) ' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 19 lb uplift at joint 1, 60 lb uplift at joint 4 and 264 lb uplift at joint 5. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 0 WARWNG - Verify design parameters and READ M07M ON 7NlS AND INCLUDED A fTEKREFERBNCE PAGE WI.7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component Is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the„�;,,;,,� erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSIM1 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 6904 Parke Fast Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 1 ' „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator " bracing should be considered. Cl-2 C2-3 WEBS �a4 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. Oz 5 �� 3 y��� 3 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate b 1 = designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-1116" from outside y'a u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. g O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. Cz$ C6-7 CS-6 BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are.regulated by ANsI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 Software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19% at time of fabfication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated; or green lumber. The first dimension is•the late p CHORDS AND WEBS,ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 X Width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension. is Camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T; I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. ' Icons vary but © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable E93environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. , , and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. r �y,�, is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSIAPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate COnnecteLd Wood Trusses. Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 y r Job Truss Truss Type city Ply Merritt Residence T3485170 69078 MV2 VALLEY 3 1 Job Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:35 2009 Page 1 1 2-M 2-0-0 Scale = 1:7.0 5.00 12 2 1 A 3 3x4 M I I20 2-0-0 2-0-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.03 Vert(LL) n/a - n/a 999 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.03 Vert(TL) n/a - n/a 999 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.00 Horz(TL) -0.00 2 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 5 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer j Installation guide ­ REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=47/2-0-0, 2=34/2-0-0, 3=13/2-0-0 Max Horz 1=28(LC 5) Max Upliftl =-1 8(LC 5), 2=-33(LC 5) Max Grav1=47(LC 1), 2=34(LC 1), 3=25(LC 2) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 2) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-M tall by 2-M wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) Bearing at joint(s) 2 considers parallel to grain value using ANSI/TPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 18 lb uplift at joint 1 and 33 lb uplift at joint 2. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 ' FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 Q WARNING - Verify design par amdem and READ M07M ONTNIS AND INCLUDED MITEKREFERENCE PAGE M►I.7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabdcaflon, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPI7 Quality Crfferta, DSB-89 and BCSI1 Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Mexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss I . Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. Cl-2 C2-3 WEBS Cap IN 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never inadequately braced trusses. W m Q '� 3 y�s� 3 00 stack materials on 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate O �b = designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-1/16" from outside rL y' U U all other interested parties. truss. of e ed g O rL Ci-8 C6-z C5-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 'BOTTOM CHORD_ S 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed'fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates.. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. *Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE . shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE. THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late P CHORDS.AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular responsibility of, truss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimenslon.js camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS' indicated'are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that . Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section Of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T„I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING ' or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) Occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable - 419 AM U&I 6 �nm�environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with . project engineer before use. Industry Standards: 4AjF ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. jj and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. r f• is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate C,pnnecteci Wood Trusses. Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 T I 1 K< Job • Truss Truss Type city Ply Merritt Residence T3485171 69078 MV4 VALLEY 2 1 Job Reference (optional) 'Chambers Truss Inc., Fart Pierce Fl. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 1713:27:35 2009 Page 4-M Scale = 1:11.31 2 3 3x4 MIIM0 2x3 M1120 11 LOADING (psf) TCLL 20.0 TCDL 7.0 BCLL 0.0 BCDL 10.0 SPACING 2-0-0 Plates Increase 1.25 Lumber Increase 1.25 Rep Stress Incr YES Code FBC2007/TP12002 CSI TC 0.21 BC 0.16 WB • 0.00 (Matrix) DEFL in Vert(LL) n/a Vert(TL) n/a Horz(TL) 0.00 (loc) Vdefl L/d - n/a 999 - n/a 999 n/a n/a PLATES GRIP MI120 249/190 Weight: 13 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-0-0 oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=116/4-0-0, 3=1.16/4-0-0 Max Horz 1=68(LC 5) Max Upliftl=-45(LC 5), 3=-73(LC 5) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. II; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 2) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) • This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 45 lb uplift at joint 1 and 73 lb uplift at joint 3. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,20 A WMMNG - Verify design parameters and)ZMD NOM ON 7NIS AND INCLUDED MI7EKREFBREMB PAGE MII.7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillify of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regardingw�' fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPIl Quality Criteria, DSE-89 and BCS11 Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION s/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property 14-1 offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. F­FtT C1-2 C2-3 WEBS 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. N...c4 �O U �� 3 ��� Uf 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-'iid' from outside CL U all other interested parties. ed e of truss. g a- ~ c7a c6a cs 61 O 1-- 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector -plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 Software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension.is the late P CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. - •10. Camber is anon -structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 X responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to � to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32,.96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER491 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI l : National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. -,_ ��._ � 1". and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. e_ " " d1 BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE- 10-10-06 T F j Job Truss Truss Type city Ply Merritt Residence T3485172 69078 MV6 VALLEY 2 1 Job Reference (optional) 'Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:36 2009 Page 1 6-0-0 6-0-0 Scale = 1:16.3 2x3 M1120 11 2 5.00 F12 1 3 3x4 M1120- 2x3 M1120 11 6-0-0 6-0-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.57 Vert(LL) n/a n/a 999 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber.lncrease 1.25 BC 0.44 Vert(TL) n/a - n/a 999 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.00 Horz(TL) 0.00 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007[TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 20 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M oc bracing. t MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation quide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=190/6-0-0, 3=190/6-0-0 Max Horz1=111(LC 5) Max Upliftl=-73(LC 5), 3=-119(LC 5) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 2) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4)' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 73 lb uplift at joint 1 and 119 lb uplift at joint 3. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 A WARNING - Verify design parameters and READ NOTES ON 771/S AND INCLUDED WrEKREPERENCE PAGE M(I-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with Mrfek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the �• •� I„�, erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSIITP11 Quality Criterla, DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute. 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See SCSI. 1 0' /16„ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. Cl-2 C2-3 WEBSe�a4 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack inadequately braced trusses. o �� 3 3 materials on 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate ab = designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-1/16' from outside a. y' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. g O1 c7-8 cba c5-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from Connector plates. the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late P CHORDS. AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. y 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to y to slots: Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to Slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTekOO All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. _ -- �- -- and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. e- " " d r '%`G. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 r 'Y k Truss Truss Type Oty Ply MV8 VALLEY 2 1 Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI.34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MTek I 2x3 M1120 11 3 5 4 3x4 1411120 i 2x3 M1120 11 2x3 M1120 11 Scale = 1:20.91 LOADING (psf) TCLL 20.0 TCDL 7.0 BCLL 0.0 BCDL 10.0 SPACING 2-0-0 Plates Increase 1.25 Lumber Increase 1.25 Rep Stress Incr YES Code FBC2007ITP12002 CSI TC 0.42 BC 0.32 WB 0.08 (Matrix) DEFL in Vert(LL) n/a Vert(TL) n/a Horz(TL) 0.00 (loc) I/deft Ud - n/a 999 - n/a 999 n/a n/a PLATES GRIP M1120 2491190 Weight: 29 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=-3/8-M, 4=150/8-0-0, 5=381/8-0-0 Max Horz 1=154(LC 5) Max Upliftl=-3(LC 1), 4=-95(LC 5), 5=-240(LC 5) Max Grav 1=66(LC 5), 4=150(LC 1), 5=381(LC 1) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. WEBS 2-5=-278/270 NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. II; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 2) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) ' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 3 lb uplift at joint 1, 95 lb uplift at joint 4 and 240 lb uplift at joint 5. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 © WARMNG - Verify design pam.eters and READ N07LS ON 7NlS AND INCLUDED 61=REFERENCE PAGE b9fr-747a BEFORE us& Design valid for use only with MTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer - not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPll Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCS11 Building Component 6904 Parke Fast Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) Damage or Personal Injury Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or x-bracing, g g, is always required. See SCSI. 01 „ ' /16 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For l 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator T bracing should be considered. Cl-2 C2-3 WEBS 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never o stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. Uf u �'� 3 y��� N04 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate U designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-1116" from outside U all other interested parties. edge of truss. Op C7-8 C6-7 C5-6 F. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connec-ter plafes. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or -upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late P CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. a 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to & to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. , 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS - . indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION . ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracin at 10 ft. spacing, q g BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable EEfenvironmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPH : National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. , , and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. r is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. , Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connecteo Wood Trusses. Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06 , I J y Job Truss Truss Type City Ply - Merritt Residence T3485174 69078 MV9 VALLEY 1 1 Job Reference (optional) 'Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 1713:27:37 2009 Page 1 9-8-0 9-8-0 2x3 M1120 I I Scale = 1:25.1 3 5.00 12 2x3 MII20 11 Y Ci 1 5 4 3x4 M1120i 2x3 M112011 2x3 M112011 ' 9-8-0 --- r 9-8-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.38 Vert(LL) n/a n/a 999. M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.30 Vert(TL) n/a n/a 999 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.08 Horz(TL) 0.00 4 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007frP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 37lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, except BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP N6.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. OTHERS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=150/9-8-0, 4=101/9-8-0, 5=399/9-8-0 Max Horz 1=190(LC 5) Max Uplift1=-16(LC 5), 4=-64(LC 5), 5=-250(LC 5) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. WEBS 2-5=-278/262 NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-05;.140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf, BCDL=3.Opsf, h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 2) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 3) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) ' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 16 Ib uplift at joint 1, 64 Ib uplift at joint 4 and 250 Ib uplift at joint 5. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 n WARMNG - Verify design parmna. and RE4D NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED M1TPX REPERENCE PAGE MII.7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability design incorporation is responsibility of building designer- truss designer. Bracing shown �y of paramenters and proper of component not is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillify of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPI1 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSIt Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) Damage or Personal Injury Apply plates to both sides Of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 1 „ U- /16 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 1 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. C7-2 C2-3 WEBS 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never inadequately braced trusses. p O= u � 3 �s� 3O stack materials on 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate b = � �a designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-'/16" from outside u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. g rL '— c7-8 cba cs-6 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector -plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable. for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first'dimension is the late P CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING ' or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) Occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. , , and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. e- " " d� �� is not sufficient. BCSII : Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE- 10-10-06 ,, + � Y Jab Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485175 69078 V4 VALLEY 1 1 Job Reference (optional) 'Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 1713:27:37 2009 Page 2-0-0 4-0-0 2-0-0 2-0-0 3x6 M1120= Scale =1:7.6 5.00 12 2 3 1' 3x4 M1120 7�'- 3x4 M1120-- 4-0-0 4-0-0 Plate Offsets X,Y : 2:0-3-0,Ed e LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.05 Vert(LL) n/a n/a 999 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.11 Vert(TL) n/a n/a 999 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.00 Horz(TL) 0.00 3 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 10 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=94/4-0-0, 3=94/4-0-0 Max Horz 1=10(LC 5) Max Upliftl =-41 (LC 5), 3=41(LC 6) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05;,140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. II; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 4) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) " This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 41 lb uplift at joint 1 and 41 lb uplift at joint 3. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lie. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 © WAnWG - Vertjy design parameters and READ N07W ON77IIS AND INCLUDED MI77iIt: REFERENCE PAGE MI BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building. designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 1 - 0- /16" 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For truss individual lateral braces 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide spacing, themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. cvs cgs WEBS � 4 WEBS Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 V stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 3 0 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate U wb = designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-1/16' from outside 0- y' U U all other interested parties. edge of truss. g Or O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. c7-8 c6a c5-6 BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint r' � died_dire-c-tio�of-slots� locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. *Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green•lumber. The first dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10. Camber is anon -structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice into to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION. ICC-ES Reports: 12.,Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing, indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable EH AANIAWproject environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front; back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. 4-6. and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. r BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling_ , ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connecteo Wood Trusses. Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE- 10-10-06 f Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485176 69078 V8 VALLEY 1 1 Job Reference (optional) 'Champers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 1713:27:38 2009 Page 1 4-0-0 8-M , 4-" 4-" Scale = 1:14.7 3x6 M1120= 2 5.00 F12 r 3 1 o 3x4 M1120- 3x4 M1120-- 8-M 8-M Plate Offsets X,Y : 2:0-3-O,Ed e LOADING (psfl SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (fee) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.25 Vert(LL) n/a n/a 999 M1120 249/19D TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.73 Vert(TL) n/a n/a 999 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.00 Horz(TL) 0.00 3 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 23 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=242/8-0-0, 3=242/8-0-0 Max Harz 1=-26(LC 6) Max Upliftl=-105(LC 5), 3=-105(LC 6) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-2=-257/156, 2-3=-257/156 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat, 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 4) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) ' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 105 Ib uplift at joint 1 and 105 lb uplift at joint 3. LOAD CASE(S) Standard + Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 0 WARNING - Verify design parameters and READ NOTM ON INIS MID INCLUDED b11 EKREFERENCE PAGE bTfl-7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with Mrfek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an Individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown Y is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity, of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building desgner. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TP11 Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI7 Building Component 6904 Parke Fast Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property 14-1 a offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. T Cl-2 C2-3 WEBS 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never 0 stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. u �� �� Nc, 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-'hd" from outside U all other interested parties. edge of truss. g 0 CL c7-8 csa C5-e 1 O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots, in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connecfor-plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. *Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The firstdimension is the late p NUMBERS/LETTERS. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT x 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the 4 v ,4 width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to /x. to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots.' 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION [CC -ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. + and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. f�`G• BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. , Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE- 10-10-06 { r:0.i lb Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485177 69078 VA VALLEY 1 1. Job Reference (optional) Cham¢ers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:39 2009 Page 1 4-10-0 9-8-0 4-10-0 4-10-0 Scale = 1:18.3 4x6 M1120 11 2 5.00 F12 Ci 1 I6 4 3x4 M1120 i 2x3 M1120 II 3x4 M1120-- 9-8-0 9-8-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/dell Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.13 Vert(LL) n/a - n/a 999 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.20 Vert(TL) n/a - n/a 999 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES W B • 0.05 Horz(TL) 0.00 3 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2007rrPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 42lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. OTHERS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be ! installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=148/9-8-0, 3=148/9-8-0, 4=398/9-8-0 Max Harz 1=40(LC 5) Max Uplift1=78(LC 5), 3=-88(LC 6), 4=-142(LC 5) Max Grav1=154(LC 7), 3=154(LC 8), 4=398(LC 1) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. WEBS 24=-286/161 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.0psf; h=15ft; Cat. 11; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 4) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) ' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 78 lb uplift at joint 1, 88 lb uplift at joint 3 and 142 lb uplift at joint 4. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 n WARMNG - Verify design parmnet. and READ No773S om7NISAND nwL.ErDED wTEKRP,FERENcEPAGEmr-747a BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MITek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an Individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper Incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown Is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component 6904 Parke East Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tempe, FL 33610 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes' PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) Damage or Personal Injury Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. Cl-2 C23 WEBS Pao 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never inadequately braced trusses. 0 ��� 3 3 stack materials on 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate b = designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-1116' from outside EL u U all other interested parties. e of truss. edge O cz a cea cs-b O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. C-OnneEtor-plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. * Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first- dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10. Camber is anon -structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 X responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to � to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTekOO All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint ' number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: sip ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. J iy�, is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE- 10-10-06 Jab ' Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Merritt Residence T3485178 69078 VB GABLE 1 1 Jab Reference (optional) 'Cham¢ers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI.34982 7.140 s Aug 17 2009 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Sep 17 13:27:40 2009 Page 1 2-0-0 4-10-0 9-8-0 11 8-0 2-0-0 4-10-0 4-10-0 21-0 Scale=1:25.9 ' 4x6 M1120 11 3 5.00 F12 3x4 M112011 3x4 M1120 11 4 2 5 1 8 7 6 2x3 M1120 If 2x3 M112011 2x3 M1120 II 9-8-0 9-8-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Udefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TIC 0.30 Vert(LL) -0.01 5 n/r 120 M1120 249/190 TCDL 7.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.11 Vert(TL) -0.01 5 n/r 90 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.04 Horz(TL) 0.00 6 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC20071TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 56lb LUMBER' BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 6 SYP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, except . BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. 1 OTHERS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer [Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 8=308/9-8-0, 6=308/9-8-0, 7=320/9-8-0 Max Horz8=93(LC 5) Max Uplift8=-284(LC 5), 6=-288(LC 6), 7=-78(LC 5) Max Grav8=317(LC 7), 6=317(LC 8), 7=320(LC 1) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-8=-274/300, 4-6=-274/304 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 140mph (3-second gust); TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; h=15ft; Cat. II; Exp B; enclosed; MWFRS (low-rise); Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 3) Truss designed for wind loads in the plane of the truss only. For studs exposed to wind (normal to the face), see Standard Industry Gable End Details as applicable, or consult qualified building designer as per ANSI/TPI 1-2002. 4) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 5) Truss to be fully sheathed from one face or securely braced against lateral movement (i.e. diagonal web). 6) Gable studs spaced at 6-0-0 oc. 7) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 8) ' This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 9) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 284 lb uplift at joint 8, 288 lb uplift at joint 6 and 78 lb uplift at joint 7. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Joaquin Velez, FL Lic. #68182 Robbins Engineering 6904 Parke East Blvd Tampa, FL, 33610 FL Cert.#5555 September 17,200 ® WA MNG-Verify design parameters cmdRPAD N07ES ON7NISAND INCLUDED MITEICREFERENCEPAGEWI.7473 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek or Robbins connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the.., . erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI1 Building Component 6904 Parke Fast Blvd. Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 781 N. Lee Skeet, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Tampa, FL 33610 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Failure to Follow Could Cause Property s/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage or Personal Injury Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 1 0� /16„ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For j 2 3 wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. CT-2 C2-3 WEBS �a4 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never inadequately braced trusses. o 0 O � 3 �s� 3 0 stack materials on 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate U ab = designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-1/16" from outside 0- 3' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. g rL ~ O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. C7-8 C6-7 C5-6 BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots In locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Gonnector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. *Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or Upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for PLATE use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. e. 10. Camber is anon -structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallef to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES, Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text.in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A NER-691 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint' number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. , , and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. �j�G, is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. , Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Robbins Engineering Reference Sheet: RE-10-10-06